JP2023133651A - Organic electroluminescent element and electronic apparatus - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide an organic EL element in which a plurality of emitting layers are layered to reduce the number of organic layers forming a hole transporting zone while inhibiting a decrease in improved element performance.SOLUTION: An organic EL element includes: an anode 3; a cathode 4; a first light emitting layer 51 containing a first host material; a second light emitting layer 52 containing a second host material; and a hole transporting zone 6. In the organic EL element, all of one or more organic layers in the hole transporting zone 6 contain a common hole transporting zone material, a triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and a triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfy a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 1), and an absolute value of a difference between an energy level HOMO(HT) of the hole transporting zone material and an energy level HOMO(H1) of the first host material satisfies a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 2). T1(H1)>T1(H2)...(Numerical Formula 1) |HOMO(HT)-HOMO(H1)|<0.4 eV...(Numerical Formula 2)SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 1

Description

The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent device and an electronic device.

Organic electroluminescent elements (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "organic EL elements") are applied to full-color displays such as mobile phones and televisions. When a voltage is applied to the organic EL element, holes are injected from the anode into the emissive layer, and electrons are injected from the cathode into the emissive layer. Then, in the light emitting layer, the injected holes and electrons recombine to form excitons. At this time, according to the statistical law of electron spin, singlet excitons are generated at a rate of 25%, and triplet excitons are generated at a rate of 75%.
In order to improve the performance of organic EL elements, for example, in Patent Documents 1 and 2, studies have been made on stacking a plurality of light emitting layers. Furthermore, in order to improve the performance of organic EL devices, Patent Document 3 describes a phenomenon in which singlet excitons are generated by collisional fusion of two triplet excitons (hereinafter referred to as Triplet-Triplet Fusion=TTF phenomenon). ) is stated.
Examples of the performance of an organic EL element include brightness, emission wavelength, chromaticity, luminous efficiency, driving voltage, and life span.

JP2007-294261A US Patent Application Publication No. 2019/280209 International Publication No. 2010/134350

The organic electroluminescent device described in Patent Document 1 is an organic electroluminescent device that is formed with a plurality of light emitting layers between an anode and a cathode, and is formed from a mixture of a plurality of materials, and in which two or more adjacent materials having different main components are used. The adjacent emissive layers are arranged such that the value obtained by dividing the electron mobility of the emissive layer located on the anode side by the hole mobility is the value obtained by dividing the electron mobility of the emissive layer located on the cathode side by the hole mobility. of the adjacent light emitting layers, the electron mobility of the light emitting layer located on the anode side is greater than the electron mobility of the light emitting layer located on the cathode side.
However, when the number of organic layers constituting the hole transport zone arranged between the anode and the light emitting layer is reduced (layer saving) as in the organic electroluminescent device described in Patent Document 1, the light emitting layer becomes There is a risk that the supply of holes will decrease and the luminous efficiency will decrease. However, in Patent Document 1, the decrease in the hole supply amount is not recognized.

An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device that can reduce the number of organic layers constituting a hole transport zone while suppressing deterioration of the device performance, which is improved by stacking a plurality of light emitting layers, and the organic electroluminescent device. An object of the present invention is to provide an electronic device equipped with an electroluminescent element.

According to one aspect of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent device includes an anode, a cathode, a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, and a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer. a hole transport zone, the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer, the hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers, and the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer; The organic layers in both include a common hole transport band material, the emissive layer includes a first emissive layer and a second emissive layer, and the first emissive layer includes a first host the second emissive layer includes a second host material, the first host material and the second host material are different from each other, and the first emissive layer has a maximum peak wavelength. includes at least a first luminescent compound that emits light at a wavelength of 500 nm or less, and the second luminescent layer includes at least a second luminescent compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less; The luminescent compound and the second luminescent compound are the same or different from each other, and the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T of the second host material ₁ (H2) satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1), and the energy level HOMO (HT) of the highest occupied orbital of the hole transport zone material and the highest occupied orbital of the first host material An organic electroluminescent element is provided in which the absolute value of the difference between the energy level HOMO (H1) and the energy level HOMO (H1) satisfies the following formula (Equation 2).
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1)
|HOMO(HT)-HOMO(H1)|<0.4eV...(Math. 2)

According to one aspect of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent device includes an anode, a cathode, a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, and a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer. a hole transport zone, the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer, the hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers, and the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer; The organic layers in both include a common hole transport band material, the energy level HOMO (HT) of the highest occupied orbital of the hole transport band material is −5.7 eV or less, and the light emitting The layers include a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, the first light-emitting layer including a first host material, the second light-emitting layer including a second host material, and the second light-emitting layer including a second host material. The first host material and the second host material are different from each other, and the first light-emitting layer includes at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and or Differently, an organic electroluminescence in which the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1). An element is provided.
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1)

According to one aspect of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent device includes an anode, a cathode, a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, and a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer. a hole transport zone, the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer, the hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers, and the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer; All of the organic layers in the above contain a common hole transport band material, and the hole transport band material is a monoamine compound having only one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in the molecule, and the light emitting layer includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, the first light-emitting layer including a first host material, the second light-emitting layer including a second host material, and the first light-emitting layer including a second host material; The first host material and the second host material are different from each other, the first light-emitting layer contains at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and the first light-emitting layer contains at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, The layer includes at least a second light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and the first light-emitting compound and the second light-emitting compound are the same or different from each other. , an organic electroluminescent element in which the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1). is provided.
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1)

According to one aspect of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent device includes an anode, a cathode, a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, and a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer. a hole transport zone, the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer, the hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers, and the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer; The organic layers in both contain a common hole transport band material, and the hole transport band material is a compound represented by the following general formula (21) or the following general formula (22), and the light emitting The layers include a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, the first light-emitting layer including a first host material, the second light-emitting layer including a second host material, and the second light-emitting layer including a second host material. The first host material and the second host material are different from each other, and the first light-emitting layer includes at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and or Differently, an organic electroluminescence in which the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1). An element is provided.
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1)

(In the general formula (21),
L _A1 , L _B1 , and L _C1 are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 13 ring atoms,
When L _A1 and L _B1 are single bonds, A ₁ and B ₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
When L _A1 and L _C1 are single bonds, A ₁ and C ₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
When L _B1 and L _C1 are single bonds, B ₁ and C ₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
A ₁ , B ₁ , and C ₁ that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring are each independently,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a group represented by -Si(R ₉₂₁ )(R ₉₂₂ )(R ₉₂₃ ),
R ₉₂₁ , R ₉₂₂ and R ₉₂₃ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
When multiple R _921s exist, the multiple R _921s are the same or different,
When a plurality of R _922s exist, the plurality of R _922s are the same or different,
When a plurality of R _923s exist, the plurality of R _923s are the same or different. )

(In the general formula (22),
A ₂₁ and A ₂₂ are each independently,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
One of Y ₅ to Y ₈ is a carbon atom bonded to *1,
One of Y ₉ to Y ₁₂ is a carbon atom bonded to *2,
Y ₁ to Y ₄ , Y ₁₃ to Y ₁₆ , Y ₅ to Y ₈ which are not carbon atoms bonded to *1, and Y ₉ to Y ₁₂ which are not carbon atoms bonded to *2 each independently represent CR ₂₀ and
When a plurality of R _20s exist, one or more of a set of two or more adjacent R _20s are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other, forming a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring or not bonding to each other,
The _R20s that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
cyano group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
halogen atom,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
L ₂₁ and L ₂₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms. )
(In the hole transport zone material, R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ and R ₉₀₄ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R _901s exist, the plurality of R _901s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _902s exist, the plurality of R _902s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _903s exist, the plurality of R _903s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _904s exist, the plurality of R _904s are the same or different from each other. )

According to one aspect of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent device includes an anode, a cathode, a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, and a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer. a hole transport zone, the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer, the hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers, and the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer; The organic layers in both include a common hole transport band material, the emissive layer includes a first emissive layer and a second emissive layer, and the first emissive layer includes a first host the second emissive layer includes a second host material, the first host material and the second host material are different from each other, and the first emissive layer has a maximum peak wavelength. includes at least a first luminescent compound that emits light at a wavelength of 500 nm or less, and the second luminescent layer includes at least a second luminescent compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less; The luminescent compound and the second luminescent compound are the same or different from each other, and the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T of the second host material ₁ (H2) satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Equation 1), and the electron mobility μe(H1) of the first host material and the electron mobility μe(H2) of the second host material An organic electroluminescent device is provided that satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Math. 3).
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1)
μe(H2)>μe(H1)…(Math. 3)

According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element according to the above-described one aspect of the present invention.

According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an organic electroluminescent device in which the number of layers constituting a hole transport zone can be reduced while suppressing deterioration in device performance, which is improved by stacking a plurality of light emitting layers; An electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element can be provided.

1 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of an example of an organic electroluminescent device according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure showing the schematic structure of another example of the organic electroluminescence element concerning one embodiment of the present invention.

[Definition]
In this specification, the hydrogen atom includes isotopes having different numbers of neutrons, ie, light hydrogen (protium), deuterium (deuterium), and tritium (tritium).

In this specification, in a chemical structural formula, a hydrogen atom, that is, a light hydrogen atom, a deuterium atom, or Assume that tritium atoms are bonded.

In this specification, the number of carbon atoms forming a ring refers to the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring itself of a compound having a structure in which atoms are bonded in a cyclic manner (for example, a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound). represents the number of carbon atoms among the atoms. When the ring is substituted with a substituent, the carbon contained in the substituent is not included in the number of carbon atoms forming the ring. The "number of ring carbon atoms" described below is the same unless otherwise specified. For example, a benzene ring has 6 carbon atoms, a naphthalene ring has 10 carbon atoms, a pyridine ring has 5 carbon atoms, and a furan ring has 4 carbon atoms. Further, for example, the number of ring carbon atoms in the 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group is 13, and the number of ring carbon atoms in the 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl group is 25.
Further, when the benzene ring is substituted with an alkyl group as a substituent, for example, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not included in the number of carbon atoms forming the benzene ring. Therefore, the number of ring carbon atoms in the benzene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 6. Further, when the naphthalene ring is substituted with an alkyl group as a substituent, for example, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not included in the number of carbon atoms forming the naphthalene ring. Therefore, the number of ring carbon atoms in the naphthalene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 10.

In this specification, the number of ring-forming atoms refers to compounds with a structure in which atoms are bonded in a cyclic manner (e.g., monocyclic, fused ring, and ring assembly) (e.g., monocyclic compound, fused ring compound, bridged compound, carbocyclic compound). Represents the number of atoms that constitute the ring itself (compounds and heterocyclic compounds). Atoms that do not form a ring (for example, a hydrogen atom that terminates a bond between atoms that form a ring) and atoms that are included in a substituent when the ring is substituted with a substituent are not included in the number of ring-forming atoms. The "number of ring-forming atoms" described below is the same unless otherwise specified. For example, the number of ring atoms in the pyridine ring is 6, the number of ring atoms in the quinazoline ring is 10, and the number of ring atoms in the furan ring is 5. For example, the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the pyridine ring or atoms constituting substituents is not included in the number of atoms forming the pyridine ring. Therefore, the number of ring atoms of the pyridine ring to which hydrogen atoms or substituents are bonded is six. Furthermore, for example, hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms of the quinazoline ring or atoms constituting substituents are not included in the number of ring-forming atoms of the quinazoline ring. Therefore, the number of ring atoms in the quinazoline ring to which hydrogen atoms or substituents are bonded is 10.

In the present specification, "carbon number XX to YY" in the expression "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group with carbon number XX to YY" represents the number of carbon atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted, and is substituted. Do not include the number of carbon atoms in substituents. Here, "YY" is larger than "XX", "XX" means an integer of 1 or more, and "YY" means an integer of 2 or more.

In this specification, "number of atoms XX to YY" in the expression "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group with number of atoms XX to YY" represents the number of atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted, and is substituted. Do not include the number of atoms of substituents in case. Here, "YY" is larger than "XX", "XX" means an integer of 1 or more, and "YY" means an integer of 2 or more.

In this specification, an unsubstituted ZZ group refers to a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" is an "unsubstituted ZZ group", and a substituted ZZ group refers to a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group". represents the case where is a "substituted ZZ group".
In the present specification, "unsubstituted" in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that the hydrogen atom in the ZZ group is not replaced with a substituent. The hydrogen atom in the "unsubstituted ZZ group" is a light hydrogen atom, a deuterium atom, or a tritium atom.
Moreover, in this specification, "substituted" in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the ZZ group are replaced with a substituent. "Substitution" in the case of "BB group substituted with AA group" similarly means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the BB group are replaced with an AA group.

"Substituents described herein"
The substituents described in this specification will be explained below.

The number of ring carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted aryl group" described herein is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein. .
The number of ring atoms of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described herein is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, more preferably 5 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein. be.
The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkyl group" described herein is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified herein.
The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkenyl group" described herein is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified herein.
The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkynyl group" described herein is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified herein.
Unless otherwise specified herein, the number of ring carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described herein is 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 6. be.
Unless otherwise specified herein, the number of ring carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted arylene group" described herein is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18. .
The number of ring atoms of the "unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" described herein is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, more preferably 5 unless otherwise specified herein. ~18.
The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkylene group" described herein is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified herein.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted aryl group”
Specific examples (specific example group G1) of the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in this specification include the following unsubstituted aryl groups (specific example group G1A) and substituted aryl groups (specific example group G1B). ) etc. (Here, an unsubstituted aryl group refers to a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" is an "unsubstituted aryl group", and a substituted aryl group refers to a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group"). (Refers to the case where it is a "substituted aryl group.") In this specification, the mere mention of "aryl group" includes both "unsubstituted aryl group" and "substituted aryl group."
"Substituted aryl group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of "unsubstituted aryl group" are replaced with a substituent. Examples of the "substituted aryl group" include a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the "unsubstituted aryl group" in the specific example group G1A below are replaced with a substituent, and a substituted aryl group in the following specific example group G1B. Examples include: The examples of "unsubstituted aryl group" and "substituted aryl group" listed here are just examples, and the "substituted aryl group" described in this specification includes the following specific examples. A group in which the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom of the aryl group itself in the "substituted aryl group" of Group G1B is further replaced with a substituent, and a hydrogen atom of the substituent in the "substituted aryl group" in the following specific example group G1B is Furthermore, groups substituted with substituents are also included.

・Unsubstituted aryl group (specific example group G1A):
phenyl group,
p-biphenyl group,
m-biphenyl group,
o-biphenyl group,
p-terphenyl-4-yl group,
p-terphenyl-3-yl group,
p-terphenyl-2-yl group,
m-terphenyl-4-yl group,
m-terphenyl-3-yl group,
m-terphenyl-2-yl group,
o-terphenyl-4-yl group,
o-terphenyl-3-yl group,
o-terphenyl-2-yl group,
1-naphthyl group,
2-naphthyl group,
anthryl group,
benzanthryl group,
phenanthryl group,
benzophenanthryl group,
phenalenyl group,
pyrenyl group,
chrysenyl group,
benzocrysenyl group,
triphenylenyl group,
benzotriphenylenyl group,
tetracenyl group,
pentacenyl group,
fluorenyl group,
9,9'-spirobifluorenyl group,
benzofluorenyl group,
dibenzofluorenyl group,
fluoranthenyl group,
benzofluoranthenyl group,
A monovalent aryl group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from a perylenyl group and a ring structure represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15).

・Substituted aryl group (specific example group G1B): o-tolyl group,
m-tolyl group,
p-tolyl group,
para-xylyl group,
meta-xylyl group,
ortho-xylyl group,
para-isopropylphenyl group,
meta-isopropylphenyl group,
ortho-isopropylphenyl group,
para-t-butylphenyl group,
meta-t-butylphenyl group,
ortho-t-butylphenyl group,
3,4,5-trimethylphenyl group,
9,9-dimethylfluorenyl group,
9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group,
9,9-bis(4-methylphenyl)fluorenyl group,
9,9-bis(4-isopropylphenyl)fluorenyl group,
9,9-bis(4-t-butylphenyl)fluorenyl group,
cyanophenyl group,
triphenylsilylphenyl group,
trimethylsilylphenyl group,
phenylnaphthyl group,
A group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent group derived from a naphthylphenyl group and a ring structure represented by the above general formulas (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15) are replaced with a substituent.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group”
The "heterocyclic group" described herein is a cyclic group containing at least one heteroatom as a ring-forming atom. Specific examples of heteroatoms include nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, silicon atom, phosphorus atom, and boron atom.
A "heterocyclic group" as described herein is a monocyclic group or a fused ring group.
A "heterocyclic group" as described herein is an aromatic heterocyclic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" (specific example group G2) described in this specification include the following unsubstituted heterocyclic group (specific example group G2A) and substituted heterocyclic group ( Examples include specific example group G2B). (Here, the term "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" is "unsubstituted heterocyclic group", and the term "substituted heterocyclic group" refers to "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group"). "Heterocyclic group" refers to a "substituted heterocyclic group.") In this specification, simply "heterocyclic group" refers to "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" and "substituted heterocyclic group." including both.
"Substituted heterocyclic group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted heterocyclic group" include a group in which the hydrogen atom of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" in specific example group G2A is replaced, and examples of substituted heterocyclic groups in specific example group G2B below. Can be mentioned. The examples of "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" and "substituted heterocyclic group" listed here are just examples, and the "substituted heterocyclic group" described in this specification includes specific A group in which the hydrogen atom bonded to the ring-forming atom of the heterocyclic group itself in the "substituted heterocyclic group" in example group G2B is further replaced with a substituent, and a substituent in the "substituted heterocyclic group" in specific example group G2B Also included are groups in which a hydrogen atom is further replaced with a substituent.

Specific example group G2A includes, for example, the following unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2A1), unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2A2), and unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing a sulfur atom. heterocyclic group (specific example group G2A3), and a monovalent heterocyclic group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (Specific example group G2A4).

Specific example group G2B includes, for example, the following substituted heterocyclic groups containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2B1), substituted heterocyclic groups containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2B2), and substituted heterocyclic groups containing a sulfur atom. group (Specific Example Group G2B3), and one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group derived from a ring structure represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) are substituents. Includes substituted groups (Example Group G2B4).

・Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2A1):
pyrrolyl group,
imidazolyl group,
pyrazolyl group,
triazolyl group,
Tetrazolyl group,
oxazolyl group,
isoxazolyl group,
oxadiazolyl group,
thiazolyl group,
isothiazolyl group,
thiadiazolyl group,
pyridyl group,
pyridazinyl group,
pyrimidinyl group,
pyrazinyl group,
triazinyl group,
indolyl group,
isoindolyl group,
indolizinyl group,
quinolidinyl group,
quinolyl group,
isoquinolyl group,
cinnolyl group,
phthalazinyl group,
quinazolinyl group,
quinoxalinyl group,
benzimidazolyl group,
indazolyl group,
phenanthrolinyl group,
phenanthridinyl group,
acridinyl group,
phenazinyl group,
carbazolyl group,
benzocarbazolyl group,
morpholino group,
phenoxazinyl group,
phenothiazinyl group,
Azacarbazolyl group and diazacarbazolyl group.

・Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2A2):
frill group,
oxazolyl group,
isoxazolyl group,
oxadiazolyl group,
xanthenyl group,
benzofuranyl group,
isobenzofuranyl group,
dibenzofuranyl group,
naphthobenzofuranyl group,
benzoxazolyl group,
benzisoxazolyl group,
phenoxazinyl group,
morpholino group,
dinaphthofuranyl group,
azadibenzofuranyl group,
diazadibenzofuranyl group,
Azanaphthobenzofuranyl group, and diazanaphthobenzofuranyl group.

・Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2A3):
thienyl group,
thiazolyl group,
isothiazolyl group,
Thiadiazolyl group,
benzothiophenyl group (benzothienyl group),
Isobenzothiophenyl group (isobenzothienyl group),
dibenzothiophenyl group (dibenzothienyl group),
naphthobenzothiophenyl group (naphthobenzothienyl group),
benzothiazolyl group,
benzisothiazolyl group,
phenothiazinyl group,
dinaphthothiophenyl group (dinaphthothienyl group),
Azadibenzothiophenyl group (azadibenzothienyl group),
Diazadibenzothiophenyl group (diazadibenzothienyl group),
Azanaphthobenzothiophenyl group (azanaphthobenzothienyl group), and diazanaphthobenzothiophenyl group (diazanaphthobenzothienyl group).

- Monovalent heterocyclic groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structures represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (specific example group G2A4):

In the general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), X _A and Y _A are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH, or CH ₂ . However, at least one of X _A and Y _A is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NH.
In the general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), when at least one of X _A and Y _A is NH or CH ₂ , in the general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), The monovalent heterocyclic group derived from the represented ring structure includes a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from these NH or CH ₂ .

・Substituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2B1):
(9-phenyl)carbazolyl group,
(9-biphenylyl)carbazolyl group,
(9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl group,
(9-naphthyl)carbazolyl group,
diphenylcarbazol-9-yl group,
phenylcarbazol-9-yl group,
methylbenzimidazolyl group,
ethylbenzimidazolyl group,
phenyltriazinyl group,
biphenylyltriazinyl group,
diphenyltriazinyl group,
phenylquinazolinyl group, and biphenylylquinazolinyl group.

・Substituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2B2):
phenyldibenzofuranyl group,
methyldibenzofuranyl group,
A t-butyldibenzofuranyl group and a monovalent residue of spiro[9H-xanthene-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

・Substituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2B3):
phenyldibenzothiophenyl group,
methyldibenzothiophenyl group,
A t-butyldibenzothiophenyl group and a monovalent residue of spiro[9H-thioxanthene-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

- A group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group derived from the ring structure represented by the general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) is replaced with a substituent (specific example group G2B4) ):

The above-mentioned "one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group" refers to a hydrogen atom bonded to a ring-forming carbon atom of the monovalent heterocyclic group, and at least one of XA and YA is NH. It means one or more hydrogen atoms selected from the hydrogen atom bonded to the nitrogen atom in the case where XA and YA are CH2, and the hydrogen atom of the methylene group when one of XA and YA is CH2.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group”
Specific examples (specific example group G3) of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in this specification include the following unsubstituted alkyl groups (specific example group G3A) and substituted alkyl groups (specific example group G3B). ). (Here, an unsubstituted alkyl group refers to a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkyl group," and a substituted alkyl group refers to a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is (This refers to the case where it is a "substituted alkyl group.") Hereinafter, when it is simply referred to as an "alkyl group," it includes both an "unsubstituted alkyl group" and a "substituted alkyl group."
"Substituted alkyl group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in "unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted alkyl group" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the "unsubstituted alkyl group" (specific example group G3A) below are replaced with a substituent, and substituted alkyl groups (specific examples Examples include group G3B). In this specification, the alkyl group in "unsubstituted alkyl group" means a chain alkyl group. Therefore, the "unsubstituted alkyl group" includes a linear "unsubstituted alkyl group" and a branched "unsubstituted alkyl group". The examples of "unsubstituted alkyl group" and "substituted alkyl group" listed here are just examples, and the "substituted alkyl group" described in this specification includes specific example group G3B. A group in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group itself in the "substituted alkyl group" in "Substituted alkyl group" is further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which the hydrogen atom of the substituent in the "substituted alkyl group" in Example Group G3B is further replaced with a substituent. included.

・Unsubstituted alkyl group (specific example group G3A):
methyl group,
ethyl group,
n-propyl group,
isopropyl group,
n-butyl group,
isobutyl group,
s-butyl group and t-butyl group.

・Substituted alkyl group (specific example group G3B):
heptafluoropropyl group (including isomers),
pentafluoroethyl group,
2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group and trifluoromethyl group.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group”
Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group" (specific example group G4) described in this specification include the following unsubstituted alkenyl groups (specific example group G4A) and substituted alkenyl groups (specific example group G4B), etc. (Here, the term "unsubstituted alkenyl group" refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group" is "unsubstituted alkenyl group", and "substituted alkenyl group" refers to "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group"). " refers to the case where it is a "substituted alkenyl group.") In the present specification, simply "alkenyl group" includes both "unsubstituted alkenyl group" and "substituted alkenyl group."
"Substituted alkenyl group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in "unsubstituted alkenyl group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted alkenyl group" include the following "unsubstituted alkenyl group" (specific example group G4A) having a substituent, and the substituted alkenyl group (specific example group G4B). It will be done. The examples of "unsubstituted alkenyl group" and "substituted alkenyl group" listed here are just examples, and the "substituted alkenyl group" described in this specification includes specific example group G4B. A group in which the hydrogen atom of the alkenyl group itself in the "substituted alkenyl group" is further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which the hydrogen atom of the substituent in the "substituted alkenyl group" in Example Group G4B is further replaced with a substituent. included.

・Unsubstituted alkenyl group (specific example group G4A):
vinyl group,
allyl group,
1-butenyl group,
2-butenyl group and 3-butenyl group.

・Substituted alkenyl group (specific example group G4B):
1,3-butandienyl group,
1-methylvinyl group,
1-methylallyl group,
1,1-dimethylallyl group,
2-methylallyl group and 1,2-dimethylallyl group.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group”
Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group" (specific example group G5) described in this specification include the following unsubstituted alkynyl group (specific example group G5A). (Here, the term "unsubstituted alkynyl group" refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group" is "unsubstituted alkynyl group.") Hereinafter, when simply "alkynyl group" is used, "unsubstituted alkynyl group" means "unsubstituted alkynyl group". ``alkynyl group'' and ``substituted alkynyl group.''
"Substituted alkynyl group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in "unsubstituted alkynyl group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted alkynyl group" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the following "unsubstituted alkynyl group" (specific example group G5A) are replaced with a substituent.

・Unsubstituted alkynyl group (specific example group G5A):
Ethynyl group.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group”
Specific examples (specific example group G6) of the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in this specification include the following unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups (specific example group G6A) and substituted cycloalkyl groups ( Examples include specific example group G6B). (Here, the term "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" refers to the case where "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" is "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group", and the term "substituted cycloalkyl group" refers to "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group"). ("cycloalkyl group" refers to the case where "substituted cycloalkyl group" is used.) In this specification, when simply referring to "cycloalkyl group", it refers to "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" and "substituted cycloalkyl group". including both.
"Substituted cycloalkyl group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted cycloalkyl group" include the following "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" (specific example group G6A) in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent, and a substituted cycloalkyl group. (Specific example group G6B) and the like can be mentioned. The examples of "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" and "substituted cycloalkyl group" listed here are just examples, and the "substituted cycloalkyl group" described in this specification includes specific A group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atom of the cycloalkyl group itself is replaced with a substituent in the "substituted cycloalkyl group" of example group G6B, and in the "substituted cycloalkyl group" of specific example group G6B Also included are groups in which the hydrogen atom of a substituent is further replaced with a substituent.

・Unsubstituted cycloalkyl group (specific example group G6A):
cyclopropyl group,
cyclobutyl group,
cyclopentyl group,
cyclohexyl group,
1-adamantyl group,
2-adamantyl group,
1-norbornyl group and 2-norbornyl group.

・Substituted cycloalkyl group (specific example group G6B):
4-methylcyclohexyl group.

・"Group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ )"
Specific examples of the group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ) described in this specification (specific example group G7) include:
-Si(G1)(G1)(G1),
-Si (G1) (G2) (G2),
-Si (G1) (G1) (G2),
-Si(G2)(G2)(G2),
-Si(G3)(G3)(G3), and -Si(G6)(G6)(G6)
can be mentioned. here,
G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
G2 is a "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.
G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3.
G6 is a "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in specific example group G6.
- A plurality of G1's in Si(G1) (G1) (G1) are the same or different from each other.
- A plurality of G2's in Si(G1)(G2)(G2) are mutually the same or different.
- A plurality of G1's in Si(G1) (G1) (G2) are mutually the same or different.
- A plurality of G2's in Si(G2) (G2) (G2) are mutually the same or different.
- A plurality of G3's in Si(G3) (G3) (G3) are mutually the same or different.
- A plurality of G6's in Si(G6) (G6) (G6) are mutually the same or different.

・"Group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ )"
Specific examples of the group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ) described in this specification (specific example group G8) include:
-O(G1),
-O(G2),
-O (G3) and -O (G6)
can be mentioned.
here,
G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
G2 is a "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.
G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3.
G6 is a "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in specific example group G6.

・"Group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ )"
Specific examples of the group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ) described in this specification (specific example group G9) include:
-S (G1),
-S (G2),
-S (G3) and -S (G6)
can be mentioned.
here,
G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
G2 is a "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.
G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3.
G6 is a "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in specific example group G6.

・"Group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ )"
Specific examples of the group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ) described in this specification (specific example group G10) include:
-N(G1)(G1),
-N(G2)(G2),
-N (G1) (G2),
-N(G3) (G3), and -N(G6) (G6).
here,
G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
G2 is a "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.
G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3.
G6 is a "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in specific example group G6.
-N(G1) A plurality of G1's in (G1) are mutually the same or different.
-N(G2) A plurality of G2's in (G2) are the same or different.
-N(G3) A plurality of G3's in (G3) are mutually the same or different.
-N(G6) A plurality of G6's in (G6) are mutually the same or different.

・"Halogen atom"
Specific examples of the "halogen atom" (specific example group G11) described in this specification include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and the like.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group”
The "substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" described in this specification refers to a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the alkyl group is replaced with a fluorine atom. It also includes a group in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms constituting the alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with fluorine atoms (perfluoro group). The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" is from 1 to 50, preferably from 1 to 30, and more preferably from 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein. "Substituted fluoroalkyl group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the "fluoroalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. In addition, the "substituted fluoroalkyl group" described in this specification includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atom of the alkyl chain in the "substituted fluoroalkyl group" is further replaced with a substituent, and Also included are groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a substituent in a "substituted fluoroalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" include a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the "alkyl group" (specific example group G3) are replaced with a fluorine atom.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group”
The "substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group" described herein means that at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the alkyl group in the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is replaced with a halogen atom. It means a group, and also includes a group in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting an alkyl group in a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with halogen atoms. Unless otherwise specified herein, the number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted haloalkyl group" is from 1 to 50, preferably from 1 to 30, and more preferably from 1 to 18. "Substituted haloalkyl group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the "haloalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. In addition, the "substituted haloalkyl group" described in this specification includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atom of the alkyl chain in the "substituted haloalkyl group" is further replaced with a substituent; Also included are groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a substituent in the "haloalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "unsubstituted haloalkyl group" include a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the "alkyl group" (specific example group G3) are replaced with a halogen atom. A haloalkyl group is sometimes referred to as a halogenated alkyl group.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group”
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group" described in this specification is a group represented by -O(G3), where G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group" described in specific example group G3. "unsubstituted alkyl group". The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkoxy group" is from 1 to 50, preferably from 1 to 30, and more preferably from 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group”
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group" described in this specification is a group represented by -S(G3), where G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group" described in specific example group G3. "unsubstituted alkyl group". The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkylthio group" is from 1 to 50, preferably from 1 to 30, and more preferably from 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group”
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group" described in this specification is a group represented by -O(G1), where G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group" described in specific example group G1. or an unsubstituted aryl group. The number of ring carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted aryloxy group" is from 6 to 50, preferably from 6 to 30, and more preferably from 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group”
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group" described in this specification is a group represented by -S(G1), where G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group" described in the specific example group G1. "Unsubstituted aryl group". The number of ring carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted arylthio group" is from 6 to 50, preferably from 6 to 30, and more preferably from 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted trialkylsilyl group”
A specific example of the "trialkylsilyl group" described in this specification is a group represented by -Si(G3)(G3)(G3), where G3 is a group described in specific example group G3. It is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group." - A plurality of G3's in Si(G3) (G3) (G3) are mutually the same or different. The number of carbon atoms in each alkyl group of the "trialkylsilyl group" is from 1 to 50, preferably from 1 to 20, and more preferably from 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified herein.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group”
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group" described in this specification is a group represented by -(G3)-(G1), where G3 is a group described in specific example group G3. It is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group", and G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in the specific example group G1. Therefore, an "aralkyl group" is a group in which the hydrogen atom of an "alkyl group" is replaced with an "aryl group" as a substituent, and is one embodiment of a "substituted alkyl group." An "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkyl group" substituted with an "unsubstituted aryl group", and the number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is determined unless otherwise specified herein. , 7 to 50, preferably 7 to 30, more preferably 7 to 18.
Specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl groups" include benzyl group, 1-phenylethyl group, 2-phenylethyl group, 1-phenylisopropyl group, 2-phenylisopropyl group, phenyl-t-butyl group, α - Naphthylmethyl group, 1-α-naphthylethyl group, 2-α-naphthylethyl group, 1-α-naphthylisopropyl group, 2-α-naphthylisopropyl group, β-naphthylmethyl group, 1-β-naphthylethyl group , 2-β-naphthylethyl group, 1-β-naphthylisopropyl group, and 2-β-naphthylisopropyl group.

The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group described herein is preferably a phenyl group, p-biphenyl group, m-biphenyl group, o-biphenyl group, p-terphenyl group, unless otherwise specified herein. 4-yl group, p-terphenyl-3-yl group, p-terphenyl-2-yl group, m-terphenyl-4-yl group, m-terphenyl-3-yl group, m-terphenyl- 2-yl group, o-terphenyl-4-yl group, o-terphenyl-3-yl group, o-terphenyl-2-yl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group , pyrenyl group, chrysenyl group, triphenylenyl group, fluorenyl group, 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl group, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl group, and 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group.

The substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group described herein is preferably a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a triazinyl group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, or a phenol group, unless otherwise specified herein. Nanthrolinyl group, carbazolyl group (1-carbazolyl group, 2-carbazolyl group, 3-carbazolyl group, 4-carbazolyl group, or 9-carbazolyl group), benzocarbazolyl group, azacarbazolyl group, diazacarbazolyl group , dibenzofuranyl group, naphthobenzofuranyl group, azadibenzofuranyl group, diazadibenzofuranyl group, dibenzothiophenyl group, naphthobenzothiophenyl group, azadibenzothiophenyl group, diazadibenzothiophenyl group, ( 9-phenyl)carbazolyl group ((9-phenyl)carbazol-1-yl group, (9-phenyl)carbazol-2-yl group, (9-phenyl)carbazol-3-yl group, or (9-phenyl)carbazole -4-yl group), (9-biphenylyl)carbazolyl group, (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl group, diphenylcarbazol-9-yl group, phenylcarbazol-9-yl group, phenyltriazinyl group, biphenylyl group These include riazinyl group, diphenyltriazinyl group, phenyldibenzofuranyl group, and phenyldibenzothiophenyl group.

In this specification, the carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise specified in this specification.

In this specification, the (9-phenyl)carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups, unless otherwise specified in the specification.

In the general formulas (TEMP-Cz1) to (TEMP-Cz9), * represents the bonding position.

In this specification, the dibenzofuranyl group and dibenzothiophenyl group are specifically any of the following groups, unless otherwise specified in the specification.

In the general formulas (TEMP-34) to (TEMP-41), * represents the bonding position.

Unless otherwise specified herein, the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group described herein is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t- Butyl group, etc.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted arylene group”
Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" described in this specification refers to 2 derived from the above "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" by removing one hydrogen atom on the aryl ring. It is the basis of valence. As a specific example of a "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" (specific example group G12), one hydrogen atom on the aryl ring is removed from the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1. Examples include divalent groups derived from the derivatives.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group”
Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" described herein refers to the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described above, in which one hydrogen atom on the heterocycle is removed. It is a divalent group derived from Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" (specific example group G13) include one hydrogen on the heterocycle from the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2. Examples include divalent groups derived by removing atoms.

・“Substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group”
Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" described in this specification refers to 2 derived from the above "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" by removing one hydrogen atom on the alkyl chain. It is the basis of valence. As a specific example of a "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" (specific example group G14), one hydrogen atom on the alkyl chain is removed from the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3. Examples include divalent groups derived from the derivatives.

The substituted or unsubstituted arylene group described herein is preferably a group represented by any of the following general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-68), unless otherwise specified herein.

In the general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), Q ₁ to Q ₁₀ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In the general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), * represents the bonding position.

In the general formulas (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), Q ₁ to Q ₁₀ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Formulas Q ₉ and Q ₁₀ may be bonded to each other via a single bond to form a ring.
In the general formulas (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), * represents the bonding position.

In the general formulas (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), Q ₁ to Q ₈ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In the general formulas (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), * represents the bonding position.

The substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group described herein is preferably one of the following general formulas (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-102), unless otherwise specified herein. It is.

In the general formulas (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-82), Q ₁ to Q ₉ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

In the general formulas (TEMP-83) to (TEMP-102), Q ₁ to Q ₈ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

The above is the explanation about the "substituents described in this specification."

・"When combining to form a ring"
In the present specification, "one or more pairs of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring." or do not combine with each other" refers to the case where "one or more of a set of two or more adjacent members combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring"; One or more pairs of two or more adjacent groups bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, and one or more pairs of two or more adjacent groups do not bond to each other. ” means if and.
In this specification, when "one or more of a set of two or more adjacent rings are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle" and "one of the set of two or more adjacent rings is Regarding the case where "a pair or more are combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring" (hereinafter, these cases may be collectively referred to as "a case where they are combined to form a ring"), the following ,explain. The case of an anthracene compound represented by the following general formula (TEMP-103) whose parent skeleton is an anthracene ring will be explained as an example.

For example, in the case where "one or more of the sets of two or more adjacent R ₉₂₁ to R ₉₃₀ are bonded to each other to form a ring", the set of two or more adjacent R 930 is one set. is a set of R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ , a set of R ₉₂₂ and R ₉₂₃ , a set of R ₉₂₃ and R ₉₂₄ , a set of R ₉₂₄ and R ₉₃₀ , a set of R ₉₃₀ and R ₉₂₅ , a set of R ₉₂₅ and A set of R ₉₂₆ , a set of R ₉₂₆ and R ₉₂₇ , a set of R ₉₂₇ and R ₉₂₈ , a set of R ₉₂₈ and R ₉₂₉ , and a set of R ₉₂₉ and R ₉₂₁ .

The above-mentioned "one or more sets" means that two or more sets of the above-mentioned two or more adjacent sets may form a ring at the same time. For example, when R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ combine with each other to form ring Q _A , and at the same time R ₉₂₅ and R ₉₂₆ combine with each other to form ring Q _B , the above general formula (TEMP-103) The anthracene compound represented is represented by the following general formula (TEMP-104).

The case where "a set of two or more adjacent items" forms a ring is not only the case where a set of "two" adjacent items are combined as in the example above, but also the case where a set of "three or more adjacent items" form a ring. This also includes the case where two sets are combined. For example, R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ combine with each other to form a ring Q _A , R ₉₂₂ and R ₉₂₃ combine with each other to form a ring Q _C , and the three adjacent to each other (R ₉₂₁ , R ₉₂₂ and R ₉₂₃ ) combine with each other to form a ring and are condensed to the anthracene mother skeleton. In this case, the anthracene compound represented by the general formula (TEMP-103) is as follows: It is represented by the general formula (TEMP-105). In the following general formula (TEMP-105), ring Q _A and ring Q _C share R ₉₂₂ .

The "single ring" or "fused ring" that is formed may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring as a structure consisting only of the formed ring. Even if "a set of two adjacent rings" forms a "monocycle" or "fused ring," the "monocycle" or "fused ring" is a saturated ring, or Can form unsaturated rings. For example, ring Q _A and ring Q _B formed in the general formula (TEMP-104) are each a "monocyclic ring" or a "fused ring." Furthermore, the ring Q _A and the ring Q _C formed in the general formula (TEMP-105) are "fused rings". Ring Q _A and ring Q _C in the general formula (TEMP-105) are a fused ring by condensation of ring Q _A and ring Q _C. When ring Q _A in the general formula (TMEP-104) is a benzene ring, ring Q _A is a monocyclic ring. When ring Q _A in the general formula (TMEP-104) is a naphthalene ring, ring Q _A is a fused ring.

"Unsaturated ring" means an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. "Saturated ring" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or a non-aromatic heterocycle.
Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups listed as specific examples in specific example group G1 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples of the aromatic heterocycle include structures in which the aromatic heterocyclic group listed as a specific example in specific example group G2 is terminated with a hydrogen atom.
Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups listed as specific examples in specific example group G6 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.
"Form a ring" means to form a ring with only a plurality of atoms of a parent skeleton, or with a plurality of atoms of a parent skeleton and one or more arbitrary elements. For example, the ring Q _A shown in the general formula (TEMP-104) formed by R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ bonding to each other is a carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R ₉₂₁ is bonded, and an anthracene bond to which R ₉₂₂ is bonded. It means a ring formed by a carbon atom in the skeleton and one or more arbitrary elements. As a specific example, when R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ form a ring Q _A , the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R ₉₂₁ is bonded, the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R ₉₂₂ is bonded, and four carbon atoms. When R 921 and R 922 form a monocyclic unsaturated ring, the ring formed by R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ is a benzene ring.

Here, the "arbitrary element" is preferably at least one element selected from the group consisting of carbon element, nitrogen element, oxygen element, and sulfur element, unless otherwise specified in this specification. In any element (for example, in the case of a carbon element or a nitrogen element), a bond that does not form a ring may be terminated with a hydrogen atom or the like, or may be substituted with an "arbitrary substituent" described below. When any element other than carbon is included, the ring formed is a heterocycle.
Unless otherwise specified herein, the number of "one or more arbitrary elements" constituting a monocyclic or condensed ring is preferably 2 to 15, more preferably 3 to 12. , more preferably 3 or more and 5 or less.
Unless otherwise specified herein, "monocycle" is preferred among "monocycle" and "fused ring."
Unless otherwise specified herein, the "unsaturated ring" is preferred between the "saturated ring" and the "unsaturated ring".
Unless otherwise stated herein, a "monocycle" is preferably a benzene ring.
Unless otherwise stated herein, an "unsaturated ring" is preferably a benzene ring.
When "one or more pairs of two or more adjacent groups" are "bonded with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle" or "bonded with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring" In the case of "forming", unless otherwise specified herein, preferably, one or more of the pairs of two or more adjacent atoms are bonded to each other to form a bond with a plurality of atoms of the parent skeleton and one or more of the 15 or more atoms. A substituted or unsubstituted "unsaturated ring" is formed with at least one element selected from the group consisting of the following carbon elements, nitrogen elements, oxygen elements, and sulfur elements.

When the above-mentioned "single ring" or "fused ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "arbitrary substituent" described below. Specific examples of the substituent in the case where the above-mentioned "single ring" or "fused ring" has a substituent are the substituents described in the section of "Substituent described herein" above.
When the above-mentioned "saturated ring" or "unsaturated ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "arbitrary substituent" described below. Specific examples of the substituent in the case where the above-mentioned "single ring" or "fused ring" has a substituent are the substituents described in the section of "Substituent described herein" above.
The above applies to cases in which "one or more sets of two or more adjacent groups combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle" and "one or more sets of two or more adjacent groups" are combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring ("the case where they are combined to form a ring").

・Substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" In one embodiment in this specification, the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" (herein referred to as "arbitrary substituent") For example,
unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
-Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
-O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
-S- (R ₉₀₅ ),
-N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A group selected from the group consisting of an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Here, R ₉₀₁ to R ₉₀₇ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
When two or more R _901s exist, the two or more R _901s are the same or different,
When two or more R _902s exist, the two or more R _902s are the same or different,
When two or more R _903s exist, the two or more R _903s are the same or different,
When two or more R _904s exist, the two or more R _904s are the same or different,
When two or more R _905s exist, the two or more R _905s are the same or different,
When two or more R _906s exist, the two or more R _906s are the same or different,
When two or more R _907s exist, the two or more R _907s are the same or different.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" is
an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" is
an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms,
A group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms and a heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

Specific examples of each group of the above-mentioned arbitrary substituents are the specific examples of the substituents described in the section of "Substituents described in this specification" above.

Unless otherwise specified in this specification, any adjacent substituents may form a "saturated ring" or "unsaturated ring", preferably a substituted or unsubstituted saturated ring. Forms a membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted saturated 6-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated 5-membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated 6-membered ring, more preferably a benzene ring do.
Unless otherwise specified herein, any substituent may further have a substituent. The substituent which the arbitrary substituent further has is the same as the above arbitrary substituent.

In this specification, the numerical range expressed using "AA-BB" has the numerical value AA written before "AA-BB" as the lower limit, and the numerical value BB written after "AA-BB". means a range that includes as an upper limit value.

[First embodiment]
(Organic electroluminescent device)
(Basic configuration)
The organic electroluminescent device according to this embodiment has the following basic configuration. The organic electroluminescent device according to the present embodiment includes an anode, a cathode, a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, a hole transport zone disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer, the hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer, the hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers, and the organic layer in the hole transport zone is Both include a common hole transport band material, the light-emitting layer includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, the first light-emitting layer includes a first host material, and the first light-emitting layer includes a first host material; The second light emitting layer includes a second host material, the first host material and the second host material are different from each other, and the first light emitting layer emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less. The second light-emitting layer includes at least a second light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and the second light-emitting layer contains at least a second light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and the first light-emitting compound and the second light-emitting layer The two luminescent compounds are the same or different from each other, and the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material are different from each other. , satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1).
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1)

In addition to the above basic configuration, the organic EL element according to the present embodiment is further selected from the group consisting of (Element 1), (Element 2), (Element 3), (Element 4), and (Element 5). Contains at least one element.

(Element 1)
In element 1, the absolute value of the difference between the energy level HOMO (HT) of the highest occupied orbital of the hole transport zone material and the energy level HOMO (H1) of the highest occupied orbital of the first host material; satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Math. 2).
|HOMO(HT)-HOMO(H1)|<0.4eV...(Math. 2)

(Element 2)
In element 2, the energy level HOMO (HT) of the highest occupied orbital of the hole transport zone material is −5.7 eV or less.

(Element 3)
In Element 3, the hole transport zone material is a monoamine compound having only one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in the molecule.

(Element 4)
In Element 4, the hole transport zone material is a compound represented by the following general formula (21) or general formula (22).

(In the general formula (21),
L _A1 , L _B1 , and L _C1 are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 13 ring atoms,
When L _A1 and L _B1 are single bonds, A ₁ and B ₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
When L _A1 and L _C1 are single bonds, A ₁ and C ₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
When L _B1 and L _C1 are single bonds, B ₁ and C ₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
A ₁ , B ₁ , and C ₁ that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring are each independently,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a group represented by -Si(R ₉₂₁ )(R ₉₂₂ )(R ₉₂₃ ),
R ₉₂₁ , R ₉₂₂ and R ₉₂₃ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
When multiple R _921s exist, the multiple R _921s are the same or different,
When a plurality of R _922s exist, the plurality of R _922s are the same or different,
When a plurality of R _923s exist, the plurality of R _923s are the same or different from each other. )

(In the general formula (22),
A ₂₁ and A ₂₂ are each independently,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
One of Y ₅ to Y ₈ is a carbon atom bonded to *1,
One of Y ₉ to Y ₁₂ is a carbon atom bonded to *2,
Y ₁ to Y ₄ , Y ₁₃ to Y ₁₆ , Y ₅ to Y ₈ which are not carbon atoms bonded to *1, and Y ₉ to Y ₁₂ which are not carbon atoms bonded to *2 each independently represent CR ₂₀ and
When a plurality of R _20s exist, one or more of a set of two or more adjacent R _20s are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other, forming a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring or not bonding to each other,
The _R20s that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
cyano group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
halogen atom,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
L ₂₁ and L ₂₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms. )
(In the hole transport zone material, R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ and R ₉₀₄ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R _901s exist, the plurality of R _901s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _902s exist, the plurality of R _902s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _903s exist, the plurality of R _903s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _904s exist, the plurality of R _904s are the same or different from each other. )

(Element 5)
In element 5, the electron mobility μe (H1) of the first host material and the electron mobility μe (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 3).
μe(H2)>μe(H1)…(Math. 3)

Hereinafter, an organic EL element according to the present embodiment including the above-mentioned basic configuration and at least one of Elements 1 to 5 will be described.

Conventionally, Triplet-Tripret-Annhilation (sometimes referred to as TTA) is known as a technique for improving the luminous efficiency of organic electroluminescent elements. TTA is a mechanism in which triplet excitons collide with triplet excitons to generate singlet excitons. Note that the TTA mechanism is sometimes referred to as a TTF mechanism as described in Patent Document 3.

The TTF phenomenon will be explained. Holes injected from the anode and electrons injected from the cathode recombine within the light emitting layer to generate excitons. As is conventionally known, the spin state has a ratio of 25% singlet excitons and 75% triplet excitons. In conventionally known fluorescent devices, 25% of singlet excitons emit light when they relax to the ground state, but the remaining 75% of triplet excitons are thermally deactivated without emitting light. The process returns to the ground state. Therefore, the theoretical limit value of the internal quantum efficiency of conventional fluorescent elements was said to be 25%.
On the other hand, the behavior of triplet excitons generated inside organic materials has been theoretically investigated. S. M. According to Bachilo et al. (J. Phys. Chem. A, 104, 7711 (2000)), assuming that a higher-order exciton such as a quintet immediately returns to a triplet, the When the density of ^{3A *} ) increases, triplet excitons collide with each other and a reaction as shown in the following formula occurs. Here, ¹ A represents the ground state and ¹ A ^* represents the lowest excited singlet exciton.
³ A ^* + ³ A ^* → (4/9) ¹ A + (1/9) ¹ A ^* + (13/9) ³ A ^*
That is, 5 ³ A ^* → 4 ¹ A + 1 A ^* , and it is predicted that of the 75% of triplet excitons originally generated, 1/5, or 20%, will change to singlet excitons. Therefore, the number of singlet excitons contributing as light is 40%, which is the 25% originally generated plus 75%×(1/5)=15%. At this time, the emission ratio derived from TTF (TTF ratio) in the total emission intensity is 15/40, that is, 37.5%. Furthermore, if 75% of the initially generated triplet excitons collide with each other to generate a singlet exciton (one singlet exciton is generated from two triplet excitons), then the initially generated singlet exciton An extremely high internal quantum efficiency of 62.5%, which is the sum of 75% x (1/2) = 37.5% to the 25% exciton term, can be obtained. At this time, the TTF ratio is 37.5/62.5=60%.

According to the organic electroluminescent device according to the present embodiment, triplet excitons generated by recombination of holes and electrons in the first light emitting layer interact with the organic layer directly in contact with the first light emitting layer. Even if carriers are present in excess at the interface, it is thought that triplet excitons present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the organic layer are difficult to quench. For example, if a recombination region exists locally at the interface between the first light emitting layer and the hole transport layer or electron barrier layer, quenching due to excessive electrons is possible. On the other hand, when a recombination region exists locally at the interface between the first light emitting layer and the electron transport layer or hole blocking layer, quenching due to excessive holes is considered.
The organic electroluminescent device according to the present embodiment includes at least two light-emitting layers (i.e., a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer) that satisfy a predetermined relationship, and the first light-emitting layer in the first light-emitting layer The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material in the second light emitting layer satisfy the relationship of the above formula (Equation 1).
By providing the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer so as to satisfy the relationship of the above formula (Equation 1), the triplet excitons generated in the first light-emitting layer are not quenched by excess carriers and are Movement to the second light emitting layer and back movement from the second light emitting layer to the first light emitting layer can be suppressed. As a result, in the second light-emitting layer, the TTF mechanism is developed, singlet excitons are efficiently generated, and the light-emitting efficiency is improved.
In this way, the organic electroluminescent device mainly exhibits the TTF mechanism by utilizing the first light-emitting layer that mainly generates triplet excitons and the triplet excitons that have migrated from the first light-emitting layer. and a second light emitting layer as different regions, and a compound having a triplet energy smaller than that of the first host material in the first light emitting layer is used as the second host material in the second light emitting layer. By providing a difference in triplet energy, luminous efficiency is improved.

Since the organic EL device according to this embodiment has the first light emitting layer and the second light emitting layer that satisfy the relationship expressed by the mathematical formula (Equation 1), the light emitting efficiency of the device can be improved.
As in the organic electroluminescent device described in Patent Document 1, when the number of organic layers constituting the hole transport zone arranged between the anode and the light emitting layer is reduced (layer saving), the luminous efficiency decreases. There is a risk. In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, even if the number of organic layers constituting the hole transport zone is reduced, deterioration in device performance (for example, luminous efficiency) can be prevented. The organic EL device according to the present embodiment includes a first light emitting layer between an organic layer (for example, a hole transport layer or an electron blocking layer) on the cathode side of the hole transport zone and a second light emitting layer, Furthermore, by including at least one of the above-mentioned (Element 1) to (Element 5), a decrease in the amount of holes supplied to the first light emitting layer is prevented, and the light emitting position is shifted from the hole transport zone side to the first light emitting layer. Since the light-emitting layer moves between the light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer, a decrease in luminous efficiency is suppressed.

The common hole transport zone material contained in the organic layer in the hole transport zone may be one type of compound or a mixture of two or more types.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferable that the absolute value of the difference between HOMO(HT) and HOMO(H1) satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 2A).
0.2eV≦|HOMO(HT)-HOMO(H1)|<0.4eV...(Math. 2A)

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, it is preferable that the absolute value of the difference between HOMO(HT) and HOMO(H1) satisfies the following formula (Equation 2B).
0.2eV≦|HOMO(HT)-HOMO(H1)|<0.3eV...(Math. 2B)

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferable that the absolute value of the difference between HOMO(HT) and HOMO(H1) satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 2C).
0.2eV≦|HOMO(HT)-HOMO(H1)|<0.28eV...(Math. 2C)

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the energy level HOMO (HT) of the highest occupied orbital of the hole transport band material is preferably -5.7 eV or less.

In this specification, the energy level HOMO of the highest occupied orbital is measured in the atmosphere using a photoelectron spectrometer. Specifically, the energy level HOMO of the highest occupied orbital can be measured by the method described in Examples.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer is arranged between the anode and the cathode, and the second light-emitting layer is arranged between the first light-emitting layer and the cathode. is also preferable. The first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer may be arranged in this order from the anode side, or the second light-emitting layer and the first light-emitting layer may be arranged in this order from the anode side. You can leave it there. Regardless of the order of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer, by selecting a material combination that satisfies the relationship of the above formula (Equation 1), the effect of the light-emitting layer having a laminated structure can be expected. can.

When the first light emitting layer is disposed on the anode side, it is preferable that the hole transport zone and the first light emitting layer are in direct contact with each other.
When the second light emitting layer is disposed on the anode side, it is preferable that the hole transport zone and the second light emitting layer are in direct contact with each other.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, if the stacking order of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer is from the anode side, the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are It is also preferable that the electron mobility μe (H1) of one host material and the electron mobility μe (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the above formula (Equation 3).

When the first host material and the second host material satisfy the relationship of the above formula (Equation 3), the recombination ability of holes and electrons in the first light emitting layer is improved.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, if the stacking order of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer is from the anode side, the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are It is also preferable that the hole mobility μh (H1) of one host material and the hole mobility μh (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 31).
μh(H1)>μh(H2)...(Math. 31)

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, if the stacking order of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer is from the anode side, the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are The hole mobility μh (H1) of the first host material, the electron mobility μe (H1) of the first host material, the hole mobility μh (H2) of the second host material, and the hole mobility μh (H2) of the second host material. It is also preferable that the electron mobility μe(H2) of the material satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Equation 32).
(μe(H2)/μh(H2))>(μe(H1)/μh(H1))…(Math. 32)

Electron mobility can be measured by the following method using impedance spectroscopy.
A layer to be measured with a thickness of 100 nm to 200 nm is sandwiched between an anode and a cathode, and a minute AC voltage of 100 mV or less is applied while applying a bias DC voltage. Measure the alternating current value (absolute value and phase) flowing at this time. The main measurement is performed while changing the frequency of the AC voltage, and the complex impedance (Z) is calculated from the current value and voltage value. At this time, the frequency dependence of the imaginary part (ImM) of the modulus M = iωZ (i: imaginary unit, ω: angular frequency) is determined, and the reciprocal of the frequency ω at which ImM becomes the maximum value is determined by the electrons conducting in the layer to be measured. is defined as the response time of Then, electron mobility is calculated using the following formula.
Electron mobility = (thickness of layer to be measured) ² / (response time/voltage)

Hole mobility can be measured by installing a mobility evaluation element in an impedance measuring device and performing impedance measurement, and specifically, by the method described in Examples described below.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the film thickness of the hole transport zone is preferably 120 nm or less, more preferably 60 nm or less, and even more preferably 50 nm or less.
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the film thickness of the hole transport zone is preferably 5 nm or more.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the number of layers disposed between the anode and the first light emitting layer is preferably one or two.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the hole transport zone includes at least one organic layer of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, and an electron barrier layer.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the hole transport zone includes a first organic layer that is in direct contact with the anode, and it is also preferable that the first organic layer is an electron barrier layer. It is preferable that the electron barrier layer is in direct contact with the anode side of the light emitting layer. The electron barrier layer is, for example, a layer that transports holes and prevents electrons from reaching a layer closer to the anode than the barrier layer (for example, a hole transport layer or a hole injection layer). Further, the electron barrier layer may be a layer that prevents excitation energy from leaking from the light emitting layer to its surrounding layers. In this case, the electron barrier layer prevents excitons generated in the light emitting layer from moving to a layer closer to the anode than the barrier layer (for example, a hole transport layer or a hole injection layer).

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the hole transport zone includes a second organic layer that is in direct contact with the anode.
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, when the hole transport zone includes the first organic layer and the second organic layer, the thickness of the first organic layer is greater than the thickness of the second organic layer. Preferably, it is thick.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the hole transport zone includes a first organic layer and a second organic layer, and the first organic layer is directly connected to the first light emitting layer or the second light emitting layer. It is also preferable that the second organic layer is in direct contact with the anode.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the second organic layer contains a hole transport band material and a compound (sometimes referred to as a dope compound) having a molecular structure different from that of the hole transport band material. is preferred.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, when the second organic layer contains a dope compound, the content of the dope compound in the second organic layer is preferably 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. It is more preferable that it is above.
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, when the second organic layer contains a dope compound, the content of the dope compound in the second organic layer is preferably 30% by mass or less, and 25% by mass. It is more preferable that it is below.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, when the second organic layer contains a hole transport band material and a dope compound, the content of the hole transport band material in the second organic layer is 70% by mass. It is preferably at least 75% by mass, more preferably at least 75% by mass.
In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, when the second organic layer contains a hole transport band material and a dope compound, the content of the hole transport band material in the second organic layer is 95% by mass. It is preferably at most 90% by mass, more preferably at most 90% by mass.
When the second organic layer contains a hole transport zone material and a dope compound, the total content of the hole transport zone material and dope compound in the second organic layer is 100% by mass or less.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the second organic layer further includes a first ring structure represented by the following general formula (P11) and a second ring structure represented by the following general formula (P12). It is preferable to include a compound containing at least one of the following as a dope compound (a compound having a molecular structure different from that of the hole transport band material).

(The first ring structure represented by the general formula (P11) is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms and a substituted or fused with at least one ring structure of an unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
The structure represented by =Z ₁₀ has the following general formulas (11a), (11b), (11c), (11d), (11e), (11f), (11g), (11h), (11i), ( 11j), (11k) or (11m). )

(Formula (11a), (11b), (11c), (11d), (11e), (11f), (11g), (11h), (11i), (11j), (11k) or (11m) ), R ₁₁ to R ₁₄ and R ₁₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₁₀ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
halogen atom,
hydroxy group,
cyano group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )
(In the general formula (P12), Z ₁ to Z ₅ are each independently,
nitrogen atom,
A carbon atom that is bonded to R ₁₅ or a carbon atom that is bonded to another atom in the molecule of the first compound,
At least one of Z ₁ to Z ₅ is a carbon atom bonded to another atom in the molecule of the first compound,
_R15 is
hydrogen atom,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
carboxy group,
substituted or unsubstituted ester group,
substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group,
selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, and a substituted or unsubstituted siloxanyl group,
When a plurality of R _15s exist, the plurality of R _15s are the same or different from each other. )
(In the first organic material, R ₉₀₁ to R ₉₀₇ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
When there are multiple R _901s , the multiple R _901s are the same or different,
When there are multiple R _902s , the multiple R _902s are the same or different,
When there are multiple R _903s , the multiple R _903s are the same or different,
When there are multiple R _904s , the multiple R _904s are the same or different,
When there are multiple R _905s , the multiple R _905s are the same or different,
When there is a plurality of R ₉₀₆ , the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different,
When there are multiple R _907s , the multiple R _907s are the same or different. )

The ester group in this specification is at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl ester group and an aryl ester group.
The alkyl ester group herein is represented by, for example, -C(=O)OR ^E. R ^E is, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
The aryl ester group herein is represented by, for example, -C(=O)OR ^Ar . R ^Ar is, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

The siloxanyl group in this specification is a silicon compound group via an ether bond, for example, a trimethylsiloxanyl group.

The carbamoyl group herein is represented by -CONH ₂ .
The substituted carbamoyl group herein is represented by, for example, -CONH-Ar ^C or -CONH-R ^C. Ar ^C is, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 10 ring carbon atoms) and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 5 to 50 ring atoms (preferably 5 to 14 ring atoms). ) is at least one group selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic groups. Ar ^C may be a group in which a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms is bonded to a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R ^C is, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms).

Specific examples of the dope compound include the following compounds. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of dope compounds.

When the second organic layer contains a compound with a molecular structure different from that of the hole transport band material, the thickness of the second organic layer is preferably 5 nm or more and 10 nm or less.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the hole transport band material is preferably a monoamine compound having only one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in the molecule.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferable that none of the organic layers in the hole transport zone contain a diamine compound having two substituted or unsubstituted amino groups in the molecule.

The compound represented by the general formula (21) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (212).

(In the general formula (212),
L _C1 , A ₁ , B ₁ and C ₁ are each as defined in the general formula (21),
n1 and n2 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
When there are multiple R's, the multiple R's are the same or different,
When there are multiple R's, one or more of the sets of two or more adjacent R's are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R that does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring,
cyano group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

In the compound represented by the general formula (21), at least one of A ₁ , B ₁ and C ₁ is the following general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), or general formula It is preferable that it is a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by (21d) and general formula (21e).

(In the general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d) and general formula (21e),
X ₂₁ is NR ₂₁ , CR ₂₂ R ₂₃ , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
When there are multiple _X21s , the multiple _X21s are the same or different,
When X ₂₁ is CR ₂₂ R ₂₃ , the set consisting of R ₂₂ and R ₂₃ is
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₂₁ and R ₂₂ and R ₂₃ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
cyano group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₂₁₁ to R ₂₁₈ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring,
or R ₂₁₁ to R ₂₁₈ that do not bond to each other, do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, each independently,
hydrogen atom,
cyano group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
* in the general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d), and general formula (21e) each independently represents the bonding position with L _A1 , L _B1 , or L _C1 It is. )

A ₁ , B which is not a group selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the general formula (21a), general formula (21b), general formula (21c), general formula (21d) and general formula (21e) ₁ and C ₁ are each independently preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound represented by the general formula (22), for example, when Y ₆ is a carbon atom bonded to *1 and Y ₁₁ is a carbon atom bonded to *2, the compound represented by the general formula (22) is represented by the following general formula (221).
The compound represented by the general formula (22) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (221).

(In the general formula (221),
Y ₁ to Y ₅ , Y ₇ to Y ₁₀ , and Y ₁₂ to Y ₁₆ are CR ₂₀ ,
A ₂₁ , A ₂₂ , L ₂₁ , L ₂₂ , and R ₂₀ have the same meanings as A ₂₁ , A ₂₂ , L ₂₁ , L ₂₂ , and R ₂₀ in the general formula (22), respectively, and a plurality of R ₂₀ are the same or different from each other. )

In the compound represented by the general formula (22), A ₂₁ and A ₂₂ are preferably each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound represented by the general formula (22), one of A ₂₁ and A ₂₂ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, and the other of A ₂₁ and A ₂₂ is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group, naphthylphenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted triphenylenyl group, or 9,9-biphenyl A fluorenyl group is preferred.

In the compound represented by the general formula (22), one of A ₂₁ and A ₂₂ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, and the other of A ₂₁ and A ₂₂ is Substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted p-biphenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted m-biphenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted o-biphenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted 3-naphthylphenyl group, triphenylenyl or 9,9-biphenylfluorenyl group.

In the compound represented by the general formula (22), L ₂₁ and L ₂₂ are each independently preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

In the hole transport band material of the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R ₉₀₄ , R ₉₀₅ , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
When a plurality of R _901s exist, the plurality of R _901s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _902s exist, the plurality of R _902s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _903s exist, the plurality of R _903s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _904s exist, the plurality of R _904s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _905s exist, the plurality of R _905s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _906s exist, the plurality of R _906s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s exist, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _801s exist, the plurality of R _801s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _802s exist, the plurality of R _802s are the same or different from each other.

In the hole transport zone material according to the present embodiment, it is preferable that all groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the hole transport band material does not contain a substituted or unsubstituted 3-carbazolyl group in the molecule.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, when the hole transport zone includes a hole transport layer, the hole transport layer includes a material selected from the group consisting of (Element 1) to (Element 5) described above. Hole transport zone materials satisfying at least one element can be used, for example aromatic amine derivatives, carbazole derivatives, anthracene derivatives, etc. can also be used. Specifically, aromatic amine derivatives such as 4-phenyl-4'-(9-phenylfluoren-9-yl)triphenylamine (abbreviation: BAFLP) can be used. The aromatic amine derivative used in the hole transport layer is preferably a monoamine compound.
The material with high hole transport properties used in the hole transport layer is, for example, a material having a hole mobility of 10 ⁻⁶ cm ² /(V·s) or more. However, as the substance used for the hole transport layer, any substance other than these may be used as long as it has a hole transport property higher than an electron transport property. Note that the layer containing a substance with high hole transport properties may be a single layer, or may have a laminated structure in which two or more layers containing the above substance are laminated.

Further, for example, a barrier layer may be provided adjacent to at least one of the anode side and the cathode side of the light emitting layer. Preferably, the barrier layer is disposed in contact with the light-emitting layer and blocks at least one of holes, electrons, and excitons.
For example, when a barrier layer is placed in contact with the emitting layer on the cathode side, the barrier layer transports electrons and holes reach the layer on the cathode side (e.g., electron transport layer) than the barrier layer. prevent you from doing When the organic EL element includes an electron transport layer, it is preferable to include the barrier layer between the light emitting layer and the electron transport layer.

(Method for producing hole transport zone material)
The hole transport zone material can be manufactured by a known method. Further, the hole transport zone material can also be produced by following known methods and using known alternative reactions and raw materials in accordance with the intended object.

(Specific example of hole transport zone material)
Specific examples of hole transport zone materials include the following compounds. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of hole transport zone materials.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material have the relationship expressed by the following formula (Equation 5). It is preferable to satisfy the following.
T ₁ (H1) - T ₁ (H2)>0.03eV...(Math. 5)

In this specification, the "host material" is a material that is included in, for example, "50% by mass or more of the layer." Therefore, the first light emitting layer contains, for example, the first host material in an amount of 50% by mass or more of the total mass of the first light emitting layer. The second light emitting layer contains, for example, the second host material in an amount of 50% by mass or more based on the total mass of the second light emitting layer.

(Emission wavelength of organic EL element)
The organic electroluminescent device according to this embodiment preferably emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the device is driven.
It is more preferable that the organic electroluminescent device according to this embodiment emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 430 nm or more and 480 nm or less when the device is driven.
The maximum peak wavelength of light emitted by an organic EL element when the element is driven is measured as follows. A spectral radiance spectrum is measured with a spectral radiance meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta) when a voltage is applied to the organic EL element so that the current density is 10 mA/cm ² . In the obtained spectral radiance spectrum, the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum at which the emission intensity becomes maximum is measured, and this is defined as the maximum peak wavelength (unit: nm).

(first light emitting layer)
The first emissive layer includes a first host material. The first host material is a different compound from the second host material contained in the second light emitting layer.
The first light-emitting layer includes at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less. The first luminescent compound is preferably a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first luminescent compound is preferably a compound that does not contain an azine ring structure in its molecule.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first luminescent compound is preferably not a boron-containing complex, and more preferably the first luminescent compound is not a complex.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a metal complex. Further, in the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the first light-emitting layer does not contain a boron-containing complex.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light emitting layer preferably does not contain a phosphorescent material (dopant material).
Moreover, it is preferable that the first light emitting layer does not contain a heavy metal complex and a phosphorescent rare earth metal complex. Here, examples of heavy metal complexes include iridium complexes, osmium complexes, and platinum complexes.

The method for measuring the maximum peak wavelength of a compound is as follows. A 5 μmol/L toluene solution of the compound to be measured is prepared and placed in a quartz cell, and the emission spectrum (vertical axis: emission intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) of this sample is measured at room temperature (300K). The emission spectrum can be measured using a spectrofluorometer (device name: F-7000) manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd. Note that the emission spectrum measuring device is not limited to the device used here.
In the emission spectrum, the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum at which the emission intensity is maximum is defined as the maximum peak wavelength. Note that in this specification, the maximum peak wavelength of fluorescence emission may be referred to as fluorescence maximum peak wavelength (FL-peak).

In the emission spectrum of the first luminescent compound, when the peak with the maximum emission intensity is defined as the maximum peak and the height of the maximum peak is 1, the heights of the other peaks appearing in the emission spectrum are: Preferably it is less than 0.6. Note that the peak in the emission spectrum is the maximum value.
Moreover, in the emission spectrum of the first luminescent compound, it is preferable that the number of peaks is less than three.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light emitting layer preferably emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the device is driven.
The maximum peak wavelength of light emitted by the light emitting layer when driving the device can be measured by the method described below.

・Maximum peak wavelength λp of light emitted from the light emitting layer when driving the device
The maximum peak wavelength _λp1 of the light emitted from the first light emitting layer when driving the device is determined by manufacturing the organic EL device using the same material for the second light emitting layer as the first light emitting layer, and determining the current of the organic EL device. A spectral radiance spectrum is measured with a spectral radiance meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.) when a voltage is applied to the element so that the density is 10 mA/cm ² . The maximum peak wavelength λp ₁ (unit: nm) is calculated from the obtained spectral radiance spectrum.
The maximum peak wavelength _λp2 of the light emitted from the second light emitting layer when the device is driven is determined by manufacturing the organic EL device using the same material for the first light emitting layer as the second light emitting layer, and determining the current of the organic EL device. A spectral radiance spectrum is measured with a spectral radiance meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.) when a voltage is applied to the element so that the density is 10 mA/cm ² . The maximum peak wavelength λp ₂ (unit: nm) is calculated from the obtained spectral radiance spectrum.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the singlet energy S ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the singlet energy S ₁ (D1) of the first luminescent compound are expressed by the following formula (Equation 20). It is preferable to satisfy the relationship.
S ₁ (H1)>S ₁ (D1)...(Math. 20)
Singlet energy _S1 means the energy difference between the lowest excited singlet state and the ground state.

When the first host material and the first luminescent compound satisfy the relationship of the mathematical formula (Equation 20), the singlet excitons generated on the first host material are Energy transfer to the first luminescent compound becomes easier, contributing to the fluorescent light emission of the first luminescent compound.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (D1) of the first luminescent compound are expressed by the following formula (Equation 20A). It is preferable to satisfy the relationship.
T ₁ (D1)>T ₁ (H1)...(Math. 20A)

When the first host material and the first luminescent compound satisfy the relationship of the mathematical formula (Equation 20A), the triplet excitons generated in the first luminescent layer are Since it moves on the first host material rather than on the first light-emitting compound, it becomes easier to move to the second light-emitting layer.

The organic EL device according to this embodiment preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Equation 20B).
T ₁ (D1)>T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 20B)

(Triplet energy T ₁ )
Examples of the method for measuring the triplet energy _T1 include the following method.
The compound to be measured is dissolved in EPA (diethyl ether: isopentane: ethanol = 5:5:2 (volume ratio)) to a concentration of 10 ^-5 mol/L or more and 10 ^-4 mol/L or less. The solution is placed in a quartz cell and used as a measurement sample. For this measurement sample, measure the phosphorescence spectrum (vertical axis: phosphorescence intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) at a low temperature (77 [K]), and draw a tangent to the rise of the short wavelength side of this phosphorescence spectrum. , the energy amount calculated from the following conversion formula (F1) based on the wavelength value λ _edge [nm] at the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis is defined as triplet energy T ₁ .
Conversion formula (F1): T ₁ [eV] = 1239.85/λ _edge

The tangent to the rise of the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving on the spectrum curve from the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side among the maximum values of the spectrum, consider the tangent at each point on the curve toward the long wavelength side. The slope of this tangent line increases as the curve rises (ie, as the vertical axis increases). The tangent drawn at the point where the value of this slope takes the maximum value (that is, the tangent at the inflection point) is the tangent to the rise of the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.
Note that a local maximum point with a peak intensity that is 15% or less of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not included in the local maximum value on the shortest wavelength side mentioned above, but is included in the maximum value of the slope that is closest to the local maximum value on the shortest wavelength side. The tangent line drawn at the point where the value is taken is the tangent line to the rise of the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.
For the measurement of phosphorescence, an F-4500 spectrofluorometer manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation can be used. Note that the measurement device is not limited to this, and measurement may be performed by combining a cooling device, a low-temperature container, an excitation light source, and a light receiving device.

(Singlet energy S ₁ )
Examples of the method for measuring singlet energy _S1 using a solution (sometimes referred to as a solution method) include the following method.
Prepare a toluene solution of 10 ^-5 mol/L or more and 10 ^-4 mol/L or less of the compound to be measured, put it in a quartz cell, and measure the absorption spectrum of this sample (vertical axis: absorption intensity, horizontal axis) at room temperature (300K). axis: wavelength). Draw a tangent to the falling edge of the long wavelength side of this absorption spectrum, and calculate the singlet energy by substituting the wavelength value λedge [nm] at the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis into the conversion formula (F2) shown below. do.
Conversion formula (F2): S ₁ [eV] = 1239.85/λedge
Examples of the absorption spectrum measuring device include, but are not limited to, a spectrophotometer manufactured by Hitachi (device name: U3310).

The tangent to the falling edge of the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving on a spectrum curve in the long wavelength direction from the maximum value on the longest wavelength side among the maximum values of the absorption spectrum, consider tangents at each point on the curve. The slope of this tangent line repeats decreasing and then increasing as the curve falls (that is, as the value on the vertical axis decreases). The tangent line drawn at the point where the slope value takes the minimum value on the longest wavelength side (excluding cases where the absorbance is 0.1 or less) is the tangent to the fall of the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum.
Note that a maximum point with an absorbance value of 0.2 or less is not included in the maximum value on the longest wavelength side.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferable that the first luminescent compound is contained in the first luminescent layer in an amount exceeding 1.1% by mass. That is, the first luminescent layer preferably contains the first luminescent compound in an amount exceeding 1.1% by mass of the total mass of the first luminescent layer, and preferably contains the first luminescent compound in an amount of more than 1.1% by mass of the total mass of the first luminescent layer. The content is more preferably 2% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1.5% by mass or more based on the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.
The first luminescent layer preferably contains the first luminescent compound in an amount of 10% by mass or less based on the total mass of the first luminescent layer, and preferably contains a first luminescent compound in an amount of 7% by mass or less based on the total mass of the first luminescent layer. It is more preferable to do so, and it is even more preferable that the content is 5% by mass or less based on the total mass of the first light emitting layer.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably contains the first compound as the first host material in an amount of 60% by mass or more based on the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, It is more preferably contained in an amount of 70% by mass or more of the total mass of the first luminescent layer, and even more preferably contained in an amount of 80% by mass or more of the total mass of the first luminescent layer. It is even more preferable to contain 90% by mass or more of the total weight of the first light emitting layer, and still more preferably to contain 95% by weight or more of the total mass of the first light emitting layer.
The first light emitting layer preferably contains the first host material in an amount of 99% by mass or less of the total mass of the first light emitting layer.
However, when the first luminescent layer contains the first host material and the first luminescent compound, the upper limit of the total content of the first host material and the first luminescent compound is 100% by mass. be.

Note that this embodiment does not exclude that the first light-emitting layer includes materials other than the first host material and the first light-emitting compound.
The first light-emitting layer may contain only one kind of first host material, or may contain two or more kinds of first host materials. The first light-emitting layer may contain only one type of first light-emitting compound, or may contain two or more types of the first light-emitting compound.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the thickness of the first light emitting layer is preferably 3 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more. If the thickness of the first light emitting layer is 3 nm or more, it is sufficient to cause recombination of holes and electrons in the first light emitting layer.
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the thickness of the first light emitting layer is preferably 15 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less. If the film thickness of the first light-emitting layer is 15 nm or less, the film thickness is sufficiently thin for triplet excitons to migrate to the second light-emitting layer.
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the thickness of the first light emitting layer is more preferably 3 nm or more and 15 nm or less.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light emitting layer may contain a compound represented by the following formula (HT100).

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light emitting layer may contain the hole transport band material according to this embodiment.

(Second light emitting layer)
The second emissive layer includes a second host material. The second host material is a different compound from the first host material contained in the first light emitting layer.
The second light-emitting layer includes at least a second light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less. The second luminescent compound is preferably a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.
The method for measuring the maximum peak wavelength of a compound is as described above.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second light emitting layer preferably emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the device is driven.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the half width of the maximum peak of the second luminescent compound is preferably 1 nm or more and 20 nm or less.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the Stokes shift of the second luminescent compound is preferably greater than 7 nm.
If the Stokes shift of the second luminescent compound exceeds 7 nm, it becomes easier to prevent a decrease in luminous efficiency due to self-absorption.
Self-absorption is a phenomenon in which the same compound absorbs emitted light, and is a phenomenon that causes a decrease in luminous efficiency. Self-absorption is significantly observed in compounds with a small Stokes shift (that is, the overlap between the absorption spectrum and the fluorescence spectrum is large). Therefore, in order to suppress self-absorption, it is necessary to It is preferable to use a compound with a small Stokes shift can be measured by the method described below.
A measurement sample is prepared by dissolving a compound to be measured in toluene at a concentration of 2.0×10 ⁻⁵ mol/L. A measurement sample placed in a quartz cell is irradiated with continuous light in the ultraviolet-visible region at room temperature (300K), and the absorption spectrum (vertical axis: absorbance, horizontal axis: wavelength) is measured. A spectrophotometer can be used to measure the absorption spectrum, and for example, a spectrophotometer U-3900/3900H manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd. can be used. Further, a measurement sample is prepared by dissolving a compound to be measured in toluene at a concentration of 4.9×10 ⁻⁶ mol/L. A measurement sample placed in a quartz cell was irradiated with excitation light at room temperature (300K), and the fluorescence spectrum (vertical axis: fluorescence intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) was measured. A spectrophotometer can be used to measure the fluorescence spectrum, and for example, a spectrofluorometer model F-7000 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd. can be used.
From these absorption spectra and fluorescence spectra, the difference between the maximum absorption wavelength and the maximum fluorescence wavelength is calculated to determine the Stokes shift (SS). The unit of Stokes shift SS is nm.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T ₁ (D2) of the second luminescent compound and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material are expressed by the following formula (Equation 3A). It is preferable to satisfy the relationship.
T ₁ (D2)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 3A)

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the second light-emitting compound and the second host material satisfy the relationship of the above formula (Math. 3A), so that the triplet excitation generated in the first light-emitting layer When the molecules migrate to the second emissive layer, they transfer energy to molecules of the second host material rather than to the second emissive compound having a higher triplet energy. Further, triplet excitons generated by recombination of holes and electrons on the second host material do not move to the second light-emitting compound having higher triplet energy. Triplet excitons generated by recombination on molecules of the second luminescent compound quickly transfer energy to molecules of the second host material.
The triplet excitons of the second host material do not move to the second luminescent compound, and the triplet excitons efficiently collide with each other on the second host material due to the TTF phenomenon, resulting in singlet excitation. A child is generated.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the singlet energy S ₁ (H2) of the second host material and the singlet energy S ₁ (D2) of the second luminescent compound are expressed by the following formula (Equation 4). It is preferable to satisfy the relationship.
S ₁ (H2)>S ₁ (D2)...(Math. 4)

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the second luminescent compound and the second host material satisfy the relationship of the above formula (Equation 4), so that the singlet energy of the second luminescent compound is , is smaller than the singlet energy of the second host material, the singlet exciton generated by the TTF phenomenon transfers energy from the second host material to the second luminescent compound, and the energy of the second luminescent compound is lower than that of the second host material. Contributes to fluorescent light emission.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second luminescent compound is preferably a compound that does not contain an azine ring structure in its molecule.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second luminescent compound is preferably not a boron-containing complex, and more preferably the second luminescent compound is not a complex.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second light emitting layer preferably does not contain a metal complex. Further, in the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the second light emitting layer does not contain a boron-containing complex.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second light emitting layer preferably does not contain a phosphorescent material (dopant material).
Moreover, it is preferable that the second light emitting layer does not contain a heavy metal complex and a phosphorescent rare earth metal complex. Here, examples of heavy metal complexes include iridium complexes, osmium complexes, and platinum complexes.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the second luminescent compound is preferably contained in the second luminescent layer in an amount exceeding 1.1% by mass. That is, the second light-emitting layer preferably contains the second light-emitting compound in an amount of more than 1.1% by mass based on the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, and preferably contains the second light-emitting compound in an amount of more than 1.1% by mass based on the total mass of the second light-emitting layer. The content is more preferably 2% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1.5% by mass or more based on the total mass of the second light emitting layer.
The second light-emitting layer preferably contains a second light-emitting compound in an amount of 10% by mass or less based on the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, and preferably contains a second light-emitting compound in an amount of 7% by mass or less based on the total mass of the second light-emitting layer. It is more preferable to do so, and it is even more preferable that the content is 5% by mass or less based on the total mass of the second light emitting layer.

The second light-emitting layer preferably contains the second compound as the second host material in an amount of 60% by mass or more based on the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, and preferably contains 70% by mass of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer. It is more preferable to contain at least 80% by mass of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, and it is more preferable to contain at least 90% by mass of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer. It is even more preferred, and even more preferred that the content is 95% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.
The second light emitting layer preferably contains the second host material in an amount of 99% by mass or less of the total mass of the second light emitting layer.
When the second light emitting layer contains the second host material and the second light emitting compound, the upper limit of the total content of the second host material and the second light emitting compound is 100% by mass.

Note that this embodiment does not exclude that the second light-emitting layer includes a material other than the second host material and the second light-emitting compound.
The second light-emitting layer may contain only one kind of second host material, or may contain two or more kinds of second host materials. The second light-emitting layer may contain only one kind of second light-emitting compound, or may contain two or more kinds of second light-emitting compounds.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the thickness of the second light emitting layer is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 15 nm or more. When the thickness of the second light emitting layer is 5 nm or more, triplet excitons that have migrated from the first light emitting layer to the second light emitting layer can be easily suppressed from returning to the first light emitting layer. Moreover, if the film thickness of the second light emitting layer is 5 nm or more, triplet excitons can be sufficiently separated from the recombination portion in the first light emitting layer.
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the thickness of the second light emitting layer is preferably 20 nm or less. When the film thickness of the second light emitting layer is 20 nm or less, the density of triplet excitons in the second light emitting layer can be improved, and the TTF phenomenon can be made more likely to occur.
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the thickness of the second light emitting layer is preferably 5 nm or more and 20 nm or less.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the triplet energy T 1 (DX) of the first luminescent compound or the second luminescent compound, the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material, and the triplet energy T ₁ (DX) of the first luminescent compound or the second luminescent compound It is preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 10).
2.6eV>T ₁ (DX)>T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 10)

It is preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (D1) of the first luminescent compound satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Equation 10A).
2.6eV>T ₁ (D1)>T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 10A)

It is preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (D2) of the second luminescent compound satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Equation 10B).
2.6eV>T ₁ (D2)>T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 10B)

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T ₁ (DX) of the first luminescent compound or the second luminescent compound and the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material are It is preferable that the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Equation 11) is satisfied.
0eV<T ₁ (DX)-T ₁ (H1)<0.6eV (Math. 11)

It is preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (D1) of the first luminescent compound satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Equation 11A).
0eV<T ₁ (D1)-T ₁ (H1)<0.6eV...(Math. 11A)

It is preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (D2) of the second luminescent compound satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Equation 11B).
0eV<T ₁ (D2)-T ₁ (H2)<0.8eV...(Math. 11B)

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, it is preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material satisfies the following formula (Equation 12).
T ₁ (H1)>2.0eV...(Math. 12)

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Math. 12A), and also satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Math. 12B): It is also preferable.
T ₁ (H1)>2.10eV...(Math. 12A)
T ₁ (H1)>2.15eV...(Math. 12B)

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material satisfies the relationship of the above equation (Equation 12A) or the above equation (Equation 12B), so that the first light emission is achieved. The triplet excitons generated in the layer are more likely to move to the second light-emitting layer, and are also more likely to be inhibited from moving back from the second light-emitting layer to the first light-emitting layer. As a result, singlet excitons are efficiently generated in the second light-emitting layer, improving luminous efficiency.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material satisfies the relationship expressed by the following formula (Equation 12C), and also satisfies the relationship expressed by the following expression (Equation 12D). It is also preferable.
2.08eV>T ₁ (H1)>1.87eV...(Math. 12C)
2.05eV>T ₁ (H1)>1.90eV...(Math. 12D)

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material satisfies the relationship of the formula (Equation 12C) or the formula (Equation 12D), so that the first light emission is achieved. The energy of triplet excitons generated in the layer is reduced, and the lifespan of organic EL devices can be expected to be extended.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (D1) of the first luminescent compound satisfies the relationship expressed by the following formula (Equation 14A), and satisfies the relationship expressed by the following expression (Equation 14B). It is also preferable to satisfy
2.60eV>T ₁ (D1)...(Math. 14A)
2.50eV>T ₁ (D1)...(Math. 14B)
When the first light-emitting layer contains the first light-emitting compound that satisfies the relationship of the above formula (14A) or (14B), the life of the organic EL element is extended.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (D2) of the second luminescent compound satisfies the relationship expressed by the following formula (Equation 14C), and satisfies the relationship expressed by the following expression (Equation 14D). It is also preferable to satisfy
2.60eV>T ₁ (D2)...(Math. 14C)
2.50eV>T ₁ (D2)...(Math. 14D)
When the second light-emitting layer contains a compound that satisfies the relationship of the formula (14C) or (14D), the life of the organic EL element is extended.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, it is preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfies the following formula (Equation 13).
T ₁ (H2)≧1.9eV (Math. 13)

(Other layers of organic EL element)
The organic EL device according to this embodiment may have one or more organic layers in addition to the hole transport zone, the first light emitting layer, and the second light emitting layer. Examples of the organic layer include at least one layer selected from the group consisting of an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole barrier layer, and an electron barrier layer.

The organic EL device according to the present embodiment may be composed of only the hole transport zone, the first light emitting layer, and the second light emitting layer, but for example, it may include an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, and a hole barrier It may further include at least one layer selected from the group consisting of layers, etc.

FIG. 1 shows a schematic configuration of an example of an organic EL element according to this embodiment.
The organic EL element 1 includes a transparent substrate 2, an anode 3, a cathode 4, and an organic layer 10 disposed between the anode 3 and the cathode 4. The organic layer 10 is composed of a hole transport zone 6, a first light emitting layer 51, a second light emitting layer 52, an electron transport layer 8, and an electron injection layer 9, which are laminated in this order from the anode 3 side. be done.

FIG. 2 shows a schematic configuration of another example of the organic EL element according to this embodiment.
The organic EL element 1A includes a transparent substrate 2, an anode 3, a cathode 4, and an organic layer 10 disposed between the anode 3 and the cathode 4. The organic layer 10 includes, in order from the anode 3 side, a second organic layer 62, a first organic layer 61, a first light emitting layer 51, a second light emitting layer 52, an electron transport layer 8, and an electron injection layer 9. , are stacked in this order. In the organic EL element 1A, the hole transport zone 6 is composed of a first organic layer 61 and a second organic layer 62.

The present invention is not limited to the configuration of the organic EL element shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. In an organic EL element having another structure, for example, the organic layer is arranged in order from the anode side, a hole transport zone, a second light emitting layer, a first light emitting layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer in this order. In some embodiments, the organic layers are stacked in order from the anode side: a second organic layer, a first organic layer, a second light-emitting layer, a first light-emitting layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer. An example is an embodiment in which the layers are laminated in this order.

(Third luminescent layer)
The organic EL device according to this embodiment may further include a third light emitting layer.
The third emissive layer includes a third host material, the first host material, the second host material, and the third host material are different from each other, and the third emissive layer has a maximum peak wavelength. It contains at least a third luminescent compound that emits light of 500 nm or less, and the first luminescent compound, the second luminescent compound, and the third luminescent compound are the same or different from each other, It is preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H3) of the third host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1A).
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H3)...(Math. 1A)

When the organic EL device according to the present embodiment includes a third light emitting layer, the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H3) of the third host material It is preferable that the following formula (Equation 1B) be satisfied.
T ₁ (H2)>T ₁ (H3)...(Math. 1B)

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferable that the first light emitting layer and the second light emitting layer are in direct contact with each other.

In this specification, a layer structure in which "the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are in direct contact" is, for example, one of the following embodiments (LS1), (LS2), and (LS3). Aspects may also be included.
(LS1) In the process of vapor deposition of a compound related to the first light-emitting layer and vapor deposition of a compound related to the second light-emitting layer, an area where both the first host material and the second host material are mixed is formed. and the region exists at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.
(LS2) When the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer contain a light-emitting compound, the step of vapor deposition of the compound related to the first light-emitting layer and the step of vapor deposition of the compound related to the second light-emitting layer are performed. An embodiment in which a region in which the first host material, the second host material, and the light-emitting compound coexist is generated during the process, and the region is present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.
(LS3) When the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer contain a light-emitting compound, the step of vapor deposition of the compound related to the first light-emitting layer and the step of vapor deposition of the compound related to the second light-emitting layer are performed. In the process, a region consisting of the luminescent compound, a region consisting of the first host material, or a region consisting of the second host material is generated, and this region forms the interface between the first luminescent layer and the second luminescent layer. Aspects that exist in

When the organic EL element according to this embodiment includes a third light emitting layer, the first light emitting layer and the second light emitting layer are in direct contact with each other, and the second light emitting layer and the third light emitting layer are in direct contact with each other. It is preferable that the layers are in direct contact with each other.

In this specification, a layer structure in which "the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer are in direct contact" is, for example, one of the following embodiments (LS4), (LS5), and (LS6). Aspects may also be included.
(LS4) In the process of vapor deposition of a compound related to the second light-emitting layer and vapor deposition of a compound related to the third light-emitting layer, an area where both the second host material and the third host material are mixed is formed. and the region exists at the interface between the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer.
(LS5) When the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer contain a light-emitting compound, the step of vapor deposition of the compound related to the second light-emitting layer and the step of vapor deposition of the compound related to the third light-emitting layer are performed. An embodiment in which a region in which the second host material, the third host material, and the luminescent compound coexist is generated during the process, and the region is present at the interface between the second luminescent layer and the third luminescent layer.
(LS6) When the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer contain a light-emitting compound, the step of vapor deposition of the compound related to the second light-emitting layer and the step of vapor deposition of the compound related to the third light-emitting layer are performed. In the process, a region consisting of the luminescent compound, a region consisting of the second host material, or a region consisting of the third host material is generated, and this region forms the interface between the second luminescent layer and the third luminescent layer. Aspects that exist in

Moreover, it is also preferable that the organic EL element according to this embodiment further includes a diffusion layer.

When the organic EL element according to this embodiment has a diffusion layer, the diffusion layer is preferably arranged between the first light emitting layer and the second light emitting layer.

The structure of the organic EL element will be further explained. Hereinafter, description of symbols may be omitted.

(substrate)
The substrate is used as a support for the organic EL element. As the substrate, for example, glass, quartz, plastic, etc. can be used. Alternatively, a flexible substrate may be used. The flexible substrate refers to a (flexible) substrate that can be bent, and includes, for example, a plastic substrate. Examples of materials forming the plastic substrate include polycarbonate, polyarylate, polyethersulfone, polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinyl chloride, polyimide, and polyethylene naphthalate. Moreover, an inorganic vapor-deposited film can also be used.

(anode)
For the anode formed on the substrate, it is preferable to use a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, a mixture thereof, or the like having a large work function (specifically, 4.0 eV or more). Specifically, for example, indium oxide-tin oxide (ITO), indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, indium oxide-zinc oxide, tungsten oxide, and indium oxide containing zinc oxide. , graphene, etc. In addition, gold (Au), platinum (Pt), nickel (Ni), tungsten (W), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), copper (Cu), palladium ( Pd), titanium (Ti), or a nitride of a metal material (eg, titanium nitride).

These materials are usually formed into films by sputtering. For example, indium oxide-zinc oxide can be formed by a sputtering method by using a target containing 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less of zinc oxide relative to indium oxide. Furthermore, for example, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide contains 0.5% by mass or more of tungsten oxide and 5% by mass or less, and 0.1% by mass or more and 1% by mass or less of zinc oxide relative to indium oxide. By using a target, it can be formed by a sputtering method. In addition, it may be produced by a vacuum evaporation method, a coating method, an inkjet method, a spin coating method, or the like.

Among the EL layers formed on the anode, the hole injection layer formed in contact with the anode is formed using a composite material that allows easy hole injection regardless of the work function of the anode. , materials that can be used as electrode materials (for example, metals, alloys, electrically conductive compounds, mixtures thereof, and other elements belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 of the Periodic Table of Elements) can be used.

Elements belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 of the periodic table of elements, which are materials with a small work function, such as alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), as well as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), and strontium. Alkaline earth metals such as (Sr), alloys containing these (for example, MgAg, AlLi), rare earth metals such as europium (Eu), ytterbium (Yb), alloys containing these, etc. can also be used. In addition, when forming an anode using an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or an alloy containing these, a vacuum evaporation method or a sputtering method can be used. Furthermore, when silver paste or the like is used, a coating method, an inkjet method, etc. can be used.

(cathode)
For the cathode, it is preferable to use a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, a mixture thereof, or the like having a small work function (specifically, 3.8 eV or less). Specific examples of such cathode materials include elements belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 of the periodic table of elements, that is, alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), and magnesium (Mg) and calcium (Ca). ), alkaline earth metals such as strontium (Sr), alloys containing these (for example, MgAg, AlLi), rare earth metals such as europium (Eu), ytterbium (Yb), and alloys containing these.

In addition, when forming a cathode using an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or an alloy containing these, a vacuum evaporation method or a sputtering method can be used. Furthermore, when using silver paste or the like, a coating method, an inkjet method, etc. can be used.

By providing an electron injection layer, the cathode can be formed using various conductive materials such as Al, Ag, ITO, graphene, silicon, or indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon oxide, regardless of the size of the work function. can do. These conductive materials can be formed into films using a sputtering method, an inkjet method, a spin coating method, or the like.

(electron transport layer)
The organic EL device according to this embodiment preferably includes an electron transport layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
The electron transport layer is a layer containing a substance with high electron transport properties. The electron transport layer contains 1) metal complexes such as aluminum complexes, beryllium complexes, and zinc complexes, 2) heteroaromatic compounds such as imidazole derivatives, benzimidazole derivatives, azine derivatives, carbazole derivatives, and phenanthroline derivatives, and 3) polymer compounds. can be used. Specifically, low-molecular organic compounds include Alq, tris(4-methyl-8-quinolinolato)aluminum (abbreviation: Almq ₃ ), bis(10-hydroxybenzo[h]quinolinato) beryllium (abbreviation: BeBq ₂ ), Metal complexes such as BAlq, Znq, ZnPBO, ZnBTZ, etc. can be used. In addition to metal complexes, 2-(4-biphenylyl)-5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole (abbreviation: PBD), 1,3-bis[5- (ptert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl]benzene (abbreviation: OXD-7), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-(4- biphenylyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviation: TAZ), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5-(4-biphenylyl)-1,2,4- Complex compounds such as triazole (abbreviation: p-EtTAZ), bathophenanthroline (abbreviation: BPhen), bathocuproine (abbreviation: BCP), and 4,4'-bis(5-methylbenzoxazol-2-yl)stilbene (abbreviation: BzOs) Aromatic compounds can also be used. In this embodiment, benzimidazole compounds can be suitably used. The substances described here mainly have an electron mobility of 10 ⁻⁶ cm ² /(V·s) or more. Note that any material other than the above may be used as the electron transport layer, as long as it has a higher electron transport property than hole transport property. Further, the electron transport layer may be composed of a single layer, or may be composed of two or more laminated layers made of the above substances.

Moreover, a polymer compound can also be used for the electron transport layer. For example, poly[(9,9-dihexylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(pyridine-3,5-diyl)] (abbreviation: PF-Py), poly[(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2, ,7-diyl)-co-(2,2'-bipyridine-6,6'-diyl)] (abbreviation: PF-BPy), etc. can be used.

(electron injection layer)
The electron injection layer is a layer containing a substance with high electron injection properties. The electron injection layer contains lithium (Li), cesium (Cs), calcium (Ca), lithium fluoride (LiF), cesium fluoride (CsF), calcium fluoride (CaF ₂ ), lithium oxide (LiOx), etc. Alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, or compounds thereof can be used. In addition, a material containing an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or a compound thereof in a substance having electron transport properties, specifically, a material containing magnesium (Mg) in Alq, etc. may be used. Note that in this case, electron injection from the cathode can be performed more efficiently.

Alternatively, a composite material made of a mixture of an organic compound and an electron donor may be used for the electron injection layer. Such a composite material has excellent electron injection and electron transport properties because electrons are generated in the organic compound by the electron donor. In this case, the organic compound is preferably a material that is excellent in transporting generated electrons, and specifically, for example, the above-mentioned substances (metal complexes, heteroaromatic compounds, etc.) constituting the electron transport layer are used. be able to. The electron donor may be any substance that exhibits electron-donating properties to organic compounds. Specifically, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and rare earth metals are preferred, and examples include lithium, cesium, magnesium, calcium, erbium, and ytterbium. Moreover, alkali metal oxides and alkaline earth metal oxides are preferable, and examples thereof include lithium oxide, calcium oxide, barium oxide, and the like. Additionally, Lewis bases such as magnesium oxide can also be used. Moreover, organic compounds such as tetrathiafulvalene (abbreviation: TTF) can also be used.

(Layer formation method)
Methods for forming each layer of the organic EL element of this embodiment are not limited to those specifically mentioned above, but dry film formation methods such as vacuum evaporation, sputtering, plasma, and ion plating, and spin Known methods such as coating methods, dipping methods, flow coating methods, wet film forming methods such as inkjet methods can be employed.

(film thickness)
The thickness of each organic layer of the organic EL element of this embodiment is not limited except as specifically mentioned above. In general, if the film thickness is too thin, defects such as pinholes will easily occur, and if the film thickness is too thick, a high applied voltage will be required and the efficiency will deteriorate. A range of nm to 1 μm is preferred.

(First host material, second host material and third host material)
In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the first host material, the second host material, and the third host material are, for example, the following general formula (1), general formula (1X), general formula (12X), Examples include a first compound represented by general formula (13X), general formula (14X), general formula (15X), or general formula (16X), and a second compound represented by general formula (2) below. It will be done. Moreover, the first compound can also be used as the first host material and the second host material, and in this case, the following general formula (1) used as the second host material, or the following general formula (1X), The compound represented by the general formula (12X), the general formula (13X), the general formula (14X), the general formula (15X) or the general formula (16X) may be conveniently referred to as a second compound.

(first compound)
・Compound represented by general formula (1)

(In the general formula (1),
R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the general formula (11),
However, at least one of R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ is a group represented by the general formula (11),
When a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11) are the same or different from each other,
L ₁₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₁₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When two or more L ₁₀₁ exist, two or more L ₁₀₁ are the same or different,
When two or more Ar _101s exist, the two or more Ar _101s are the same or different,
* in the general formula (11) indicates the bonding position with the pyrene ring in the general formula (1). )

(In the first compound according to this embodiment, R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R ₉₀₄ , R ₉₀₅ , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
When a plurality of R _901s exist, the plurality of R _901s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _902s exist, the plurality of R _902s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _903s exist, the plurality of R _903s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _904s exist, the plurality of R _904s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _905s exist, the plurality of R _905s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _906s exist, the plurality of R _906s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s exist, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _801s exist, the plurality of R _801s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _802s exist, the plurality of R _802s are the same or different from each other. )

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (11) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (111).

(In the general formula (111),
X ₁ is CR ₁₂₃ R ₁₂₄ , an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR ₁₂₅ ,
L ₁₁₁ and L ₁₁₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
ma is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
mb is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
ma+mb is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
Ar ₁₀₁ has the same meaning as Ar ₁₀₁ in the general formula (11),
R ₁₂₁ , R ₁₂₂ , R ₁₂₃ , R ₁₂₄ and R ₁₂₅ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
Substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mc is 3,
Three R ₁₂₁ are the same or different from each other,
md is 3,
Three R ₁₂₂ 's are the same or different from each other. )

At any one of the positions *1 to *4 of the carbon atoms *1 to *8 in the ring structure represented by the following general formula (111a) in the group represented by the general formula (111), L ₁₁₁ is bonded, R ₁₂₁ is bonded to the remaining three positions of *1 to *4, L ₁₁₂ is bonded to one of the positions of *5 to *8, and the remaining three positions of *5 to *8 are bonded. R ₁₂₂ is attached at three positions.

For example, in the group represented by the general formula (111), L ₁₁₁ is bonded to the *2 carbon atom position in the ring structure represented by the general formula (111a), and L ₁₁₂ is bonded to the group represented by the general formula (111a). When bonded to the *7 carbon atom position in the ring structure represented by 111a), the group represented by the general formula (111) is represented by the following general formula (111b).

(In the general formula (111b),
X ₁ , L ₁₁₁ , L ₁₁₂ , ma, mb, Ar ₁₀₁ , R ₁₂₁ , R ₁₂₂ , R ₁₂₃ , R ₁₂₄ and R ₁₂₅ each independently represent X ₁ , L ₁₁₁ , L in the general formula (111) ₁₁₂ , ma, mb, Ar ₁₀₁ , R ₁₂₁ , R ₁₂₂ , R ₁₂₃ , R ₁₂₄ and R ₁₂₅ ,
A plurality of R _121s are the same or different,
A plurality of R ₁₂₂ 's are the same or different. )

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (111) is preferably a group represented by the general formula (111b).

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, ma is preferably 0, 1, or 2, and mb is preferably 0, 1, or 2.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, ma is preferably 0 or 1, and mb is preferably 0 or 1.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, Ar ₁₀₁ is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
Ar ₁₀₁ is
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group,
substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group,
substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group,
substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl group,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenanthryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, Ar ₁₀₁ is also preferably a group represented by the following general formula (12), general formula (13), or general formula (14).

(In the general formula (12), general formula (13) and general formula (14),
R ₁₁₁ to R ₁₂₀ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by -C(=O)R ₁₂₄ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₁₂₅ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
* in the general formula (12), general formula (13), and general formula (14) represents the bonding position with L ₁₀₁ in the general formula (11), or the general formula (111) or the general formula (111b). ) shows the bonding position with L ₁₁₂ . )

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is preferably represented by the following general formula (101).

(In the general formula (101),
R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₂₀ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
However, one of R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ indicates the bonding position with L ₁₀₁ , one of R ₁₁₁ to R ₁₂₀ indicates the bonding position with L ₁₀₁ ,
L ₁₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When two or more L _101s exist, the two or more L _101s are the same or different. )

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, L ₁₀₁ is preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is preferably represented by the following general formula (102).

(In the general formula (102),
R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₂₀ each independently have the same meaning as R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₂₀ in the general formula (101),
However, one of R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ indicates the bonding position with L ₁₁₁ , one of R ₁₁₁ to R ₁₂₀ indicates the bonding position with L ₁₁₂ ,
X ₁ is CR ₁₂₃ R ₁₂₄ , an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR ₁₂₅ ,
L ₁₁₁ and L ₁₁₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
ma is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
mb is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
ma+mb is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
R ₁₂₁ , R ₁₂₂ , R ₁₂₃ , R ₁₂₄ and R ₁₂₅ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mc is 3,
Three R ₁₂₁ are the same or different from each other,
md is 3,
Three R ₁₂₂ 's are the same or different from each other. )

In the compound represented by the general formula (102), ma is preferably 0, 1 or 2, and mb is preferably 0, 1 or 2.

In the compound represented by the general formula (102), ma is preferably 0 or 1, and mb is preferably 0 or 1.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, two or more of R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ are preferably groups represented by the general formula (11).

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, two or more of R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ are groups represented by the general formula (11), and Ar ₁₀₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming carbon Preferably, the number is 6 to 50 aryl groups.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
Ar ₁₀₁ is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group,
L ₁₀₁ is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenylene group,
The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms as R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ which is not a group represented by the general formula (11) is preferably not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ which are not groups represented by the general formula (11) are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ which are not groups represented by the general formula (11) are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ that are not groups represented by the general formula (11) are preferably hydrogen atoms.

- Compound represented by general formula (1X) In the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the first compound is a compound represented by general formula (1X) below.

(In the general formula (1X),
R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₂ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the general formula (11X),
However, at least one of R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (11X),
When a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11X) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11X) are the same or different from each other,
L ₁₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₁₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mx is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When two or more L ₁₀₁ exist, two or more L ₁₀₁ are the same or different,
When two or more Ar _101s exist, the two or more Ar _101s are the same or different,
* in the general formula (11X) indicates the bonding position with the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1X). )

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (11X) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (111X).

(In the general formula (111X),
X ₁ is CR ₁₄₃ R ₁₄₄ , an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR ₁₄₅ ,
L ₁₁₁ and L ₁₁₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
ma is 1, 2, 3 or 4,
mb is 1, 2, 3 or 4,
ma+mb is 2, 3 or 4,
Ar ₁₀₁ has the same meaning as Ar ₁₀₁ in the general formula (11),
R ₁₄₁ , R ₁₄₂ , R ₁₄₃ , R ₁₄₄ and R ₁₄₅ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mc is 3,
Three R ₁₄₁ are the same or different from each other,
md is 3,
Three R ₁₄₂ are the same or different from each other. )

At any one of the positions *1 to *4 of the carbon atoms *1 to *8 in the ring structure represented by the following general formula (111aX) in the group represented by the general formula (111X), L ₁₁₁ is bonded, R ₁₄₁ is bonded to the remaining three positions of *1 to *4, L ₁₁₂ is bonded to any one of the positions of *5 to *8, and the remaining three positions of *5 to *8 are bonded. R ₁₄₂ is attached at three positions.

For example, in the group represented by the general formula (111X), L ₁₁₁ is bonded to the *2 carbon atom position in the ring structure represented by the general formula (111aX), and L ₁₁₂ is the group represented by the general formula (111aX). 111aX), the group represented by the general formula (111X) is represented by the following general formula (111bX).

(In the general formula (111bX),
X ₁ , L ₁₁₁ , L ₁₁₂ , ma, mb, Ar ₁₀₁ , R ₁₄₁ , R ₁₄₂ , R ₁₄₃ , R ₁₄₄ and R ₁₄₅ each independently represent X ₁ , L ₁₁₁ , L in the general formula (111X) ₁₁₂ , ma, mb, Ar ₁₀₁ , R ₁₄₁ , R ₁₄₂ , R ₁₄₃ , R ₁₄₄ and R ₁₄₅ ,
A plurality of R _141s are the same or different from each other,
A plurality of R ₁₄₂ 's are the same or different. )

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (111X) is preferably a group represented by the general formula (111bX).

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), ma is preferably 1 or 2, and mb is preferably 1 or 2.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), ma is preferably 1 and mb is preferably 1.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), Ar ₁₀₁ is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), Ar ₁₀₁ is
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group,
substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group,
substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group,
substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl group,
Substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthryl group,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenanthryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

The compound represented by the general formula (1X) is also preferably represented by the following general formula (101X).

(In the general formula (101X),
One of R ₁₁₁ and R ₁₁₂ indicates the bonding position with L ₁₀₁ , one of R ₁₃₃ and R ₁₃₄ indicates the bonding position with L ₁₀₁ ,
R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ , R ₁₂₁ to R ₁₃₀ , R ₁₁₁ or R ₁₁₂ which is not in the bonding position with L ₁₀₁ , and R ₁₃₃ or R ₁₃₄ which is not in the bonding position with L ₁₀₁ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
L ₁₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
mx is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When two or more L _101s exist, the two or more L _101s are the same or different. )

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), L ₁₀₁ is preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

The compound represented by the general formula (1X) is also preferably represented by the following general formula (102X).

(In the general formula (102X),
One of R ₁₁₁ and R ₁₁₂ indicates the bonding position with L ₁₁₁ , one of R ₁₃₃ and R ₁₃₄ indicates the bonding position with L ₁₁₂ ,
R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ , R ₁₂₁ to R ₁₃₀ , R ₁₁₁ or R ₁₁₂ which is not in the bonding position with L ₁₁₁ and R ₁₃₃ or R ₁₃₄ which is not in the bonding position with L ₁₁₂ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
X ₁ is CR ₁₄₃ R ₁₄₄ , an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR ₁₄₅ ,
L ₁₁₁ and L ₁₁₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
ma is 1, 2, 3 or 4,
mb is 1, 2, 3 or 4,
ma+mb is 2, 3, 4 or 5,
R ₁₄₁ , R ₁₄₂ , R ₁₄₃ , R ₁₄₄ and R ₁₄₅ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mc is 3,
Three R ₁₄₁ are the same or different from each other,
md is 3,
Three R ₁₄₂ are the same or different from each other. )

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), ma in the general formula (102X) is preferably 1 or 2, and mb is preferably 1 or 2.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), ma is preferably 1 and mb is preferably 1 in the general formula (102X).

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), the group represented by the general formula (11X) is a group represented by the following general formula (11AX) or a group represented by the following general formula (11BX). It is also preferable that

(In the general formula (11AX) and the general formula (11BX),
R ₁₂₁ to R ₁₃₁ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
When a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11AX) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11AX) are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11BX) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11BX) are the same or different from each other,
L ₁₃₁ and L ₁₃₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
* in the general formula (11AX) and the general formula (11BX) respectively indicates the bonding position with the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1X). )

The compound represented by the general formula (1X) is also preferably represented by the following general formula (103X).

(In the general formula (103X),
R ₁₀₁ to R 110 and R ₁₁₂ are respectively synonymous with R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ and R ₁₁₂ in the general formula (1X) _,
R ₁₂₁ to R ₁₃₁ , L ₁₃₁ and L ₁₃₂ have the same meanings as R ₁₂₁ to R ₁₃₁ , L ₁₃₁ and L ₁₃₂ in the general formula (11BX), respectively. )

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), L ₁₃₁ is also preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), L ₁₃₂ is also preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), two or more of R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₂ are preferably groups represented by the general formula (11).

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), two or more of R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₂ are groups represented by the general formula (11X), and Ar ₁₀₁ in the general formula (11X) is , a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X),
Ar ₁₀₁ is not a substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthryl group,
L ₁₀₁ is not a substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]antrylene group,
The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms as R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₀ which is not a group represented by the general formula (11X) is not a substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthryl group. It is also preferable.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₂ which are not groups represented by the general formula (11X) are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₂ which are not groups represented by the general formula (11X) are
hydrogen atom,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), R ₁₀₁ to R ₁₁₂ that are not groups represented by the general formula (11X) are preferably hydrogen atoms.

- Compound represented by general formula (12X) In the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the first compound is a compound represented by general formula (12X) below.

(In the general formula (12X),
One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₁₂₀₁ to R ₁₂₁₀ are
are combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring,
R ₁₂₀₁ to R ₁₂₁₀ that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the general formula (121),
However, the substituent when the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring has a substituent, the substituent when the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring has a substituent, and at least one of R ₁₂₀₁ to R ₁₂₁₀ , a group represented by the general formula (121),
When a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (121) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (121) are the same or different from each other,
L ₁₂₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₁₂₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mx2 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When two or more L ₁₂₀₁ exist, two or more L ₁₂₀₁ are the same or different,
When two or more Ar _1201s exist, the two or more Ar _1201s are the same or different from each other,
* in the general formula (121) indicates the bonding position with the ring represented by the general formula (12X). )

In the general formula (12X), a group consisting of two adjacent ones of R ₁₂₀₁ to R ₁₂₁₀ is a group of R ₁₂₀₁ and R ₁₂₀₂ , a group of R ₁₂₀₂ and R ₁₂₀₃ , and a group of R ₁₂₀₃ and R ₁₂₀₄ . a set of R ₁₂₀₄ and R ₁₂₀₅ , a set of R ₁₂₀₅ and R ₁₂₀₆ , a set of R ₁₂₀₇ and R ₁₂₀₈ , a set of R ₁₂₀₈ and R ₁₂₀₉ , and a set of R ₁₂₀₉ and R ₁₂₁₀ . .

- Compound represented by general formula (13X) In the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the first compound is a compound represented by general formula (13X) below.

(In the general formula (13X),
R ₁₃₀₁ to R ₁₃₁₀ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the general formula (131),
However, at least one of R ₁₃₀₁ to R ₁₃₁₀ is a group represented by the general formula (131),
When a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (131) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (131) are the same or different from each other,
L ₁₃₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₁₃₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mx3 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When two or more L ₁₃₀₁ exist, two or more L ₁₃₀₁ are the same or different,
When two or more Ar _1301s exist, the two or more Ar _1301s are the same or different from each other,
* in the general formula (131) indicates the bonding position with the fluoranthene ring in the general formula (13X). )

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, none of the groups of two or more adjacent ones of R ₁₃₀₁ to R ₁₃₁₀ that are not groups represented by the general formula (131) bond to each other. In the general formula (13X), the groups consisting of two adjacent ones include the group of R ₁₃₀₁ and R ₁₃₀₂ , the group of R ₁₃₀₂ and R ₁₃₀₃ , the group of R ₁₃₀₃ and R ₁₃₀₄ , and the group of R ₁₃₀₄ and R ₁₃₀₅ . , a set of R ₁₃₀₅ and R ₁₃₀₆ , a set of R ₁₃₀₇ and R ₁₃₀₈ , a set of R ₁₃₀₈ and R ₁₃₀₉ , and a set of R ₁₃₀₉ and R ₁₃₁₀ .

- Compound represented by general formula (14X) In the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the first compound is a compound represented by general formula (14X) below.

(In the general formula (14X),
R ₁₄₀₁ to R ₁₄₁₀ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the general formula (141),
However, at least one of R ₁₄₀₁ to R ₁₄₁₀ is a group represented by the general formula (141),
When a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (141) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (141) are the same or different from each other,
L ₁₄₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₁₄₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mx4 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When two or more L ₁₄₀₁ exist, two or more L ₁₄₀₁ are the same or different,
When two or more Ar _1401s exist, the two or more Ar _1401s are the same or different from each other,
* in the general formula (141) indicates the bonding position with the ring represented by the general formula (14X). )

- Compound represented by general formula (15X) In the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the first compound is a compound represented by general formula (15X) below.

(In the general formula (15X),
R ₁₅₀₁ to R ₁₅₁₄ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the general formula (151),
However, at least one of R ₁₅₀₁ to R ₁₅₁₄ is a group represented by the general formula (151),
When a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (151) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (151) are the same or different from each other,
L ₁₅₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₁₅₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mx5 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When two or more L ₁₅₀₁ exist, two or more L ₁₅₀₁ are the same or different,
When two or more Ar _1501s exist, the two or more Ar _1501s are the same or different from each other,
* in the general formula (151) indicates the bonding position with the ring represented by the general formula (15X). )

- Compound represented by general formula (16X) In the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, it is also preferable that the first compound is a compound represented by general formula (16X) below.

(In the general formula (16X),
R ₁₆₀₁ to R ₁₆₁₄ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the general formula (161),
However, at least one of R ₁₆₀₁ to R ₁₆₁₄ is a group represented by the general formula (161),
When a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (161) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (161) are the same or different from each other,
L ₁₆₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₁₆₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mx6 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When two or more L ₁₆₀₁ exist, two or more L ₁₆₀₁ are the same or different,
When two or more Ar _1601s exist, the two or more Ar _1601s are the same or different from each other,
* in the general formula (161) indicates the bonding position with the ring represented by the general formula (16X). )

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material has a connected structure including a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring connected by a single bond in the molecule, and the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the connected structure Each ring is further independently fused with a single ring or a fused ring, or is not fused, and the benzene ring and naphthalene ring in the linked structure are cross-linked at least in one part other than the single bond. It is also preferable that they are further connected by.
Since the first host material has a connection structure including such crosslinking, it can be expected to suppress deterioration of chromaticity of the organic EL element.
In this case, the first host material has a connected structure (benzene- ) as the minimum unit; a single ring or a fused ring may be further fused to the benzene ring, or a single ring or a fused ring may be further fused to the naphthalene ring. may be condensed. For example, the first host material contains a naphthalene ring and a naphthalene ring connected by a single bond as represented by the following formula (X3), formula (X4), or formula (X5) in the molecule. Also in the connected structure (sometimes referred to as a naphthalene-naphthalene connected structure), one naphthalene ring contains a benzene ring, so it includes a benzene-naphthalene connected structure.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the crosslink includes a double bond. That is, it is also preferable that the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring have a structure in which the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring are further connected by a crosslinked structure containing a double bond at a portion other than the single bond.

When the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the benzene-naphthalene linkage structure are further connected by crosslinking at at least one moiety other than a single bond, for example, in the case of the above formula (X1), a connection represented by the following formula (X11) In the case of the above formula (X3), it becomes a connected structure (fused ring) represented by the following formula (X31).
When the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the benzene-naphthalene linked structure are further connected by a bridge containing a double bond in a portion other than a single bond, for example, in the case of the above formula (X1), it is represented by the following formula (X12). In the case of the above formula (X2), it becomes a connected structure (fused ring) represented by the following formula (X21) or formula (X22), and in the case of the above formula (X4), the following It becomes a connected structure (fused ring) represented by formula (X41), and in the case of formula (X5), it becomes a connected structure (fused ring) represented by formula (X51) below.
When the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the benzene-naphthalene connected structure are further connected by a bridge containing a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom) in at least one moiety other than a single bond, for example, in the case of the above formula (X1), It becomes a connected structure (fused ring) represented by the following formula (X13).

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the first host material has a biphenyl structure in which a first benzene ring and a second benzene ring are connected by a single bond in the molecule, and the biphenyl structure has a It is also preferable that the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring are further connected by crosslinking at at least one moiety other than the single bond.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by the bridge at one part other than the single bond. Since the first host material has a biphenyl structure including such crosslinking, it can be expected to suppress deterioration of chromaticity of the organic EL element.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the crosslink includes a double bond.
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the crosslinking does not include a double bond.

It is also preferable that the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by the bridge at two parts other than the single bond.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by the bridge at two parts other than the single bond, and the bridge is double-linked. It is also preferred that it does not contain a bond. Since the first host material has a biphenyl structure including such crosslinking, it can be expected to suppress deterioration of chromaticity of the organic EL element.

For example, when the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure represented by the following formula (BP1) are further connected by crosslinking at at least one moiety other than a single bond, the biphenyl structure becomes It becomes a connected structure (fused ring) such as the following formulas (BP11) to (BP15).

The formula (BP11) has a structure in which one part other than the single bond is connected by a crosslink that does not contain a double bond.
The formula (BP12) has a structure in which one part other than the single bond is connected by a crosslink containing a double bond.
The formula (BP13) has a structure in which two parts other than the single bond are connected by a crosslink that does not contain a double bond.
The formula (BP14) has a structure in which one of the two parts other than the single bond is connected by a crosslink that does not contain a double bond, and the other of the two parts other than the single bond is connected by a crosslink containing a double bond. It is.
The formula (BP15) has a structure in which two parts other than the single bond are connected by a crosslink containing a double bond.

In the first compound and the second compound, the groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are preferably "unsubstituted" groups.

(Method for producing the first compound)
The first compound can be produced by a known method. Furthermore, the first compound can also be produced by following known methods and using known alternative reactions and raw materials in accordance with the desired product.

(Specific example of first compound)
Specific examples of the first compound include the following compounds. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the first compound.
In the present specification, in specific examples of compounds, D represents a deuterium atom, Me represents a methyl group, and tBu represents a tert-butyl group.

(Second compound)
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (2).

(In the general formula (2),
R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
L ₂₀₁ and L ₂₀₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₂ are each independently,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

(In the second compound according to this embodiment, R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R ₉₀₄ , R ₉₀₅ , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
When a plurality of R _901s exist, the plurality of R _901s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _902s exist, the plurality of R _902s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _903s exist, the plurality of R _903s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _904s exist, the plurality of R _904s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _905s exist, the plurality of R _905s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _906s exist, the plurality of R _906s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s exist, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _801s exist, the plurality of R _801s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _802s exist, the plurality of R _802s are the same or different from each other. )

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
-C(=O)R A group represented by ₈₀₁ ,
- A group represented by COOR ₈₀₂ ,
halogen atom,
A cyano group or a nitro group,
L ₂₀₁ and L ₂₀₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₂ are each independently,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
L ₂₀₁ and L ₂₀₂ are each independently,
A single bond, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
Ar ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₂ are preferably each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
Ar ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₂ are each independently,
phenyl group,
naphthyl group,
phenanthryl group,
biphenyl group,
terphenyl group,
diphenylfluorenyl group,
dimethylfluorenyl group,
benzodiphenylfluorenyl group,
benzodimethylfluorenyl group,
dibenzofuranyl group,
dibenzothienyl group,
A naphthobenzofuranyl group or a naphthobenzothienyl group is preferred.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is represented by the following general formula (201), general formula (202), general formula (203), or general formula (204). , general formula (205), general formula (206), general formula (207), general formula (208) or general formula (209).

(In the general formulas (201) to (209),
L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ are synonymous with L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ in the general formula (2),
R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ in the general formula (2). )

The second compound represented by the general formula (2) has the following general formula (221), general formula (222), general formula (223), general formula (224), general formula (225), general formula ( It is also preferable that the compound is a compound represented by general formula (226), general formula (227), general formula (228), or general formula (229).

(The general formula (221), general formula (222), general formula (223), general formula (224), general formula (225), general formula (226), general formula (227), general formula (228) and In general formula (229),
R ₂₀₁ and R ₂₀₃ to R ₂₀₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₂₀₁ and R ₂₀₃ to R ₂₀₈ in the general formula (2),
L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ are respectively synonymous with L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ in the general formula (2),
L ₂₀₃ has the same meaning as L ₂₀₁ in the general formula (2),
L ₂₀₃ and L ₂₀₁ are the same or different,
Ar ₂₀₃ has the same meaning as Ar ₂₀₁ in the general formula (2),
Ar ₂₀₃ and Ar ₂₀₁ are the same or different. )

The second compound represented by the general formula (2) has the following general formula (241), general formula (242), general formula (243), general formula (244), general formula (245), general formula ( It is also preferable that the compound is a compound represented by general formula (246), general formula (247), general formula (248), or general formula (249).

(The general formula (241), general formula (242), general formula (243), general formula (244), general formula (245), general formula (246), general formula (247), general formula (248) and In general formula (249),
R ₂₀₁ , R ₂₀₂ and R ₂₀₄ to R ₂₀₈ are each independently synonymous with R ₂₀₁ , R ₂₀₂ and R ₂₀₄ to R ₂₀₈ in the general formula (2),
L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ are respectively synonymous with L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ in the general formula (2),
L ₂₀₃ has the same meaning as L ₂₀₁ in the general formula (2),
L ₂₀₃ and L ₂₀₁ are the same or different,
Ar ₂₀₃ has the same meaning as Ar ₂₀₁ in the general formula (2),
Ar ₂₀₃ and Ar ₂₀₁ are the same or different. )

In the second compound represented by the general formula (2), R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ).

L ₁₀₁ is
A single bond or an unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms,
Ar ₁₀₁ is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, in the second compound represented by the general formula (2), R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ , which are substituents of the anthracene skeleton, suppress intermolecular interaction. A hydrogen atom is preferable from the viewpoint of preventing this and suppressing a decrease in electron mobility. However, R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ are a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. It may also be a substituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
When R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ become bulky substituents such as alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups, intermolecular interaction is suppressed, electron mobility with respect to the first host material decreases, and the above formula (Math. There is a possibility that the relationship μe(H2)>μe(H1) described in 3) will not be satisfied. When the second compound is used in the second light-emitting layer, by satisfying the relationship μe(H2)>μe(H1), the ability to recombine holes and electrons in the first light-emitting layer is reduced. It can also be expected to suppress a decrease in luminous efficiency. In addition, examples of the substituent include a haloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ), a group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ), and - A group represented by S-(R ₉₀₅ ), a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), an aralkyl group, a group represented by -C(=O)R ₈₀₁ , a group represented by -COOR ₈₀₂ groups, halogen atoms, cyano groups, and nitro groups may become bulky, and alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may become even bulkier.
In the second compound represented by the general formula (2), R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ , which are substituents on the anthracene skeleton, are preferably not bulky substituents, and are preferably not an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Preferably, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ), a group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ) , a group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ), a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), an aralkyl group, a group represented by -C(=O)R ₈₀₁ , -COOR ₈₀₂ It is more preferable that it is not a group represented by, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a nitro group.

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, in the second compound represented by the general formula (2), R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 50 It is also preferable to use an alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ).

In the organic EL device according to the present embodiment, R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ in the second compound represented by the general formula (2) are preferably hydrogen atoms.

In the second compound, the substituents in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" in R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ include the above-mentioned substituents that may become bulky, especially substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups. It is also preferable that it does not contain a substituted cycloalkyl group. Since the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" in R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ does not include a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, etc. It is possible to prevent the interaction between molecules caused by the presence of bulky substituents from being suppressed and to prevent a decrease in electron mobility. When used, a decrease in the recombination ability of holes and electrons in the first light-emitting layer and a decrease in luminous efficiency can be suppressed.

It is more preferable that R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ , which are substituents on the anthracene skeleton, are not bulky substituents, and that R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ as substituents are unsubstituted. Furthermore, in the case where the substituents R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ on the anthracene skeleton are not bulky substituents, when a substituent is bonded to R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ as non-bulky substituents, the substituent is also bulky. Preferably, it is not a substituent, and the substituent bonded to R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ as a substituent is preferably not an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, Alkynyl group, -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ) group, -O-(R ₉₀₄ ), -S-(R ₉₀₅ ), - A group represented by N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), an aralkyl group, a group represented by -C(=O)R ₈₀₁ , a group represented by -COOR ₈₀₂ , a halogen atom, a cyano group, and a nitro group It is more preferable that it is not.

In the second compound, all groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are preferably "unsubstituted" groups.

(Method for producing second compound)
The second compound can be produced by a known method. Further, the second compound can also be produced by following known methods and using known alternative reactions and raw materials that match the desired product.

(Specific example of second compound)
Specific examples of the second compound include the following compounds. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the second compound.

(First luminescent compound, second luminescent compound, and third luminescent compound)
In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, examples of the first luminescent compound, the second luminescent compound, and the third luminescent compound include the following third compound and the following fourth compound. .
The third compound and the fourth compound each independently include a compound represented by the following general formula (3), a compound represented by the following general formula (4), and a compound represented by the following general formula (5). , a compound represented by the following general formula (6), a compound represented by the following general formula (7), a compound represented by the following general formula (8), a compound represented by the following general formula (9), and It is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formula (10).

(Compound represented by general formula (3))
The compound represented by general formula (3) will be explained.

(In the general formula (3),
One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
At least one of R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (31),
R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ that do not form a single ring, do not form a fused ring, and are not monovalent groups represented by the following general formula (31) are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

(In the general formula (31),
Ar ₃₀₁ and Ar ₃₀₂ are each independently,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
L ₃₀₁ to L ₃₀₃ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
* indicates the bonding position in the pyrene ring in the general formula (3). )

In the third compound and the fourth compound, R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R ₉₀₄ , R ₉₀₅ , R ₉₀₆ and R ₉₀₇ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R _901s exist, the plurality of R _901s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _902s exist, the plurality of R _902s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _903s exist, the plurality of R _903s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _904s exist, the plurality of R _904s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _905s exist, the plurality of R _905s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _906s exist, the plurality of R _906s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s exist, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other.

In the general formula (3), two of R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ are preferably groups represented by the general formula (31).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (33).

(In the general formula (33),
R ₃₁₁ to R ₃₁₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ in the general formula (3), which is not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (31),
L ₃₁₁ to L ₃₁₆ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ are each independently,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

In the general formula (31), L ₃₀₁ is preferably a single bond, and L ₃₀₂ and L ₃₀₃ are preferably single bonds.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (3) is represented by the following general formula (34) or general formula (35).

(In the general formula (34),
R ₃₁₁ to R ₃₁₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ in the general formula (3), which is not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (31),
L ₃₁₂ , L ₃₁₃ , L ₃₁₅ and L ₃₁₆ are each independently synonymous with L ₃₁₂ , L ₃₁₃ , L ₃₁₅ and L ₃₁₆ in the general formula (33),
Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ each independently have the same meaning as Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ in the general formula (33). )

(In the general formula (35),
R ₃₁₁ to R ₃₁₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ in the general formula (3), which is not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (31),
Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ each independently have the same meaning as Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ in the general formula (33). )

In the general formula (31), at least one of Ar ₃₀₁ and Ar ₃₀₂ is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (36).
In the general formulas (33) to (35), at least one of Ar ₃₁₂ and Ar ₃₁₃ is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (36).
In the general formulas (33) to (35), at least one of Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (36).

(In the general formula (36),
X ₃ represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₃₂₁ to R ₃₂₇ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₃₂₁ to R ₃₂₇ that do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
* indicates the bonding position with L ₃₀₂ , L ₃₀₃ , L ₃₁₂ , L ₃₁₃ , L ₃₁₅ or L ₃₁₆ . )

It is preferable that X ₃ is an oxygen atom.

At least one of R ₃₂₁ to R ₃₂₇ is
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the general formula (31), Ar ₃₀₁ is preferably a group represented by the general formula (36), and Ar ₃₀₂ is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In the general formulas (33) to (35), Ar ₃₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (36), and Ar ₃₁₃ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. It is preferable that there be.
In the general formulas (33) to (35), Ar ₃₁₅ is a group represented by the general formula (36), and Ar ₃₁₆ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. It is preferable that there be.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (3) is represented by the following general formula (37).

(In the general formula (37),
R ₃₁₁ to R ₃₁₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ in the general formula (3), which is not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (31),
One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₃₂₁ to R ₃₂₇ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₃₄₁ to R ₃₄₇ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₃₂₁ to R 327 and R _{341 to} R ₃₄₇ that do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
R ₃₃₁ to R ₃₃₅ and R ₃₅₁ to R ₃₅₅ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

(Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (3))
Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3) include the compounds shown below.

(Compound represented by general formula (4))
The compound represented by general formula (4) will be explained.

(In the general formula (4),
Z is each independently CRa or a nitrogen atom,
A1 ring and A2 ring each independently,
A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When there are multiple Ras, one or more sets of two or more adjacent Ras are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
n21 and n22 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
When there are multiple Rb's, one or more of the pairs consisting of two or more adjacent Rb's are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
When there are multiple Rcs, one or more sets of two or more adjacent Rcs are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
Ra, Rb, and Rc that do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring are each independently,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as the above-mentioned compound in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the "aryl group".
The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring includes two carbon atoms on the central fused two-ring structure of the general formula (4) as ring-forming atoms.
Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the "aryl group" described in specific example group G1.

The "heterocycle" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the "heterocyclic group" described above.
The "heterocycle" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring includes two carbon atoms on the central fused two-ring structure of the general formula (4) as ring-forming atoms.
Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the "heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.

Rb is bonded to either a carbon atom forming an aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the A1 ring or an atom forming a heterocycle as the A1 ring.

Rc is bonded to either a carbon atom forming an aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the A2 ring or an atom forming a heterocycle as the A2 ring.

It is preferable that at least one of Ra, Rb and Rc is a group represented by the following general formula (4a), and it is more preferable that at least two are groups represented by the following general formula (4a). .

(In the general formula (4a),
L ₄₀₁ is
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
Ar ₄₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the following general formula (4b). )

(In the general formula (4b),
L ₄₀₂ and L ₄₀₃ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
The set consisting of Ar ₄₀₂ and Ar ₄₀₃ is
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
Ar ₄₀₂ and Ar ₄₀₃ that do not form a single ring and do not form a fused ring each independently:
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is represented by the following general formula (42).

(In the general formula (42),
One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ that do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

At least one of R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ is preferably a group represented by the general formula (4a), and more preferably at least two are groups represented by the general formula (4a).
It is preferable that R ₄₀₄ and R ₄₁₁ are groups represented by the above general formula (4a).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound in which a structure represented by the following general formula (4-1) or general formula (4-2) is bonded to the A1 ring.
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (42) is represented by the following general formula (4-1) or general formula (4-2) in the ring to which R ₄₀₄ to R ₄₀₇ are bonded. It is a compound with a combined structure.

(In the general formula (4-1), the two *s each independently bond to the ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the ring-forming atom of the heterocycle as the A1 ring in the general formula (4). or bonded to any of R ₄₀₄ to R ₄₀₇ of the general formula (42),
The three * in the general formula (4-2) each independently bond to a ring-forming carbon atom of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-forming atom of a heterocycle as the A1 ring of the general formula (4). , or bonded to any of R ₄₀₄ to R ₄₀₇ of the general formula (42),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₈ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₂₁ to R 427 and R _{431 to} R ₄₃₈ which do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound represented by the following general formula (41-3), general formula (41-4), or general formula (41-5). .

(In the general formula (41-3), formula (41-4) and formula (41-5),
A1 ring is as defined in the above general formula (4),
R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ in the general formula (4-1),
R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ in the general formula (42). )

In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms as the A1 ring in the general formula (41-5) is
A substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring.

In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms as the A1 ring in the general formula (41-5) is:
substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring,
A substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) or the general formula (42) is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulas (461) to (467). .

(In the general formula (461), general formula (462), general formula (463), general formula (464), general formula (465), general formula (466) and general formula (467),
R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ in the general formula (4-1),
R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₈ in the general formula (4-2),
R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ and R ₄₅₁ to R ₄₅₄ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ in the general formula (42),
X ₄ is an oxygen atom, NR ₈₀₁ , or C(R ₈₀₂ )(R ₈₀₃ ),
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R _801s exist, the plurality of R _801s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _802s exist, the plurality of R _802s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _803s exist, the plurality of R _803s are the same or different from each other. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (42) has one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ bonded to each other, and substituted or unsubstituted They form a single ring or combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, and this embodiment will be described in detail below as a compound represented by general formula (45).

(Compound represented by general formula (45))
The compound represented by general formula (45) will be explained.

(In the general formula (45),
A set consisting of R ₄₆₁ and R ₄₆₂ , a set consisting of R ₄₆₂ and R ₄₆₃ , a set consisting of R ₄₆₄ and R ₄₆₅ , a set consisting of R ₄₆₅ and R ₄₆₆ , a set consisting of R ₄₆₆ and R ₄₆₇ , Two or more of the groups selected from the group consisting of R ₄₆₈ and R ₄₆₉ , the group consisting of R ₄₆₉ and R ₄₇₀ , and the group consisting of R ₄₇₀ and R ₄₇₁ are combined with each other, forming a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring,
however,
A set consisting of R ₄₆₁ and R ₄₆₂ and a set consisting of R ₄₆₂ and R ₄₆₃ ;
A set consisting of R ₄₆₄ and R ₄₆₅ and a set consisting of R ₄₆₅ and R ₄₆₆ ;
A set consisting of R ₄₆₅ and R ₄₆₆ and a set consisting of R ₄₆₆ and R ₄₆₇ ;
The group consisting of R ₄₆₈ and R ₄₆₉ and the group consisting of R ₄₆₉ and R ₄₇₀ ; and the group consisting of R ₄₆₉ and R ₄₇₀ and the group consisting of R ₄₇₀ and R ₄₇₁ do not form a ring at the same time. ,
Two or more rings formed by R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ are the same or different,
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ that do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
-S-(R ₉₀₅ ), -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

In the general formula (45), R _n and R _n+1 (n represents an integer selected from 461, 462, 464 to 466, and 468 to 470) are bonded to each other, and R _n and R _n+1 are bonded to 2 Together with the two ring-forming carbon atoms, it forms a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. The ring is preferably composed of atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms, and the number of atoms in the ring is preferably 3 to 7, more preferably 5 or It is 6.

The number of the above-mentioned ring structures in the compound represented by the general formula (45) is, for example, two, three, or four. The two or more ring structures may be present on the same benzene ring on the mother skeleton of the general formula (45), or may be present on different benzene rings. For example, when there are three ring structures, one ring structure may be present in each of the three benzene rings in the general formula (45).

Examples of the above ring structure in the compound represented by the general formula (45) include structures represented by the following general formulas (451) to (460).

(In the general formulas (451) to (457),
*1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12 and *13 and *14, respectively, are R _n and R _n+1 represents the two ring-forming carbon atoms to which is bonded,
The ring-forming carbon atoms to which R _n is bonded are *1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12 and *13. *Can be either of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by 14,
X ₄₅ is C(R ₄₅₁₂ ) (R ₄₅₁₃ ), NR ₄₅₁₄ , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
One or more of the sets consisting of two or more adjacent ones of R ₄₅₀₁ to R ₄₅₀₆ and R ₄₅₁₂ to R ₄₅₁₃ ,
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₅₀₁ to R ₄₅₁₄ , which do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring, each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in the general formula (45). )

(In the general formulas (458) to (460),
*1 and *2, and *3 and *4 each represent the two ring-forming carbon atoms to which R _n and R _n+1 are bonded,
The ring-forming carbon atoms to which R _n is bonded may be either of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by *1 and *2, or *3 and *4,
X ₄₅ is C(R ₄₅₁₂ ) (R ₄₅₁₃ ), NR ₄₅₁₄ , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
One or more sets of adjacent two or more of R ₄₅₁₂ to R ₄₅₁₃ and R ₄₅₁₅ to R ₄₅₂₅ ,
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₅₁₂ to R ₄₅₁₃ , R ₄₅₁₅ to R ₄₅₂₁ and R ₄₅₂₂ to R ₄₅₂₅ , and R ₄₅₁₄ which do not form the monocyclic ring and do not form the fused ring each independently represent R in the general formula (45). ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ . )

In the general formula (45), at least one of R ₄₆₂ , R ₄₆₄ , R ₄₆₅ , R ₄₇₀ and R ₄₇₁ (preferably at least one of R ₄₆₂ , R ₄₆₅ and R ₄₇₀ , more preferably R ₄₆₂ ) is , is preferably a group that does not form a ring structure.

(i) In the general formula (45), a substituent when the ring structure formed by R _n and R _n+1 has a substituent,
(ii) In the general formula (45), R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ which do not form a ring structure, and (iii) R ₄₅₀₁ to R ₄₅₁₄ and R ₄₅₁₅ to R ₄₅₂₅ in formulas (451) to (460) are preferably are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is either a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the following general formulas (461) to (464).

(In the general formulas (461) to (464),
R _d is each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
_X46 is C( _R801 )( _R802 ), _NR803 , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R _801s exist, the plurality of R _801s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _802s exist, the plurality of R _802s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _803s exist, the plurality of R _803s are the same or different from each other,
p1 is 5,
p2 is 4,
p3 is 3;
p4 is 7,
The * in the general formulas (461) to (464) each independently indicate the bonding position to the ring structure. )
In the third compound and the fourth compound, R ₉₀₁ to R ₉₀₇ are as defined above.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any of the following general formulas (45-1) to (45-6).

(In the general formulas (45-1) to (45-6),
Rings d to i are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring,
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in the general formula (45). )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any of the following general formulas (45-7) to (45-12).

(In the general formulas (45-7) to (45-12),
Rings d to f, k, and j are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring,
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in the general formula (45). )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any of the following general formulas (45-13) to (45-21).

(In the general formulas (45-13) to (45-21),
Rings d to k are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring,
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in the general formula (45). )

When the ring g or the ring h further has a substituent, the substituent is, for example,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by the general formula (461),
Examples include a group represented by the above general formula (463) or a group represented by the above general formula (464).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any of the following general formulas (45-22) to (45-25).

(In the general formulas (45-22) to (45-25),
X ₄₆ and X ₄₇ are each independently C(R ₈₀₁ )(R ₈₀₂ ), NR ₈₀₃ , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ and R ₄₈₁ to R ₄₈₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in the general formula (45).
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R _801s exist, the plurality of R _801s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _802s exist, the plurality of R _802s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _803s exist, the plurality of R _803s are the same or different from each other. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by the following general formula (45-26).

(In the general formula (45-26),
_X46 is C( _R801 )( _R802 ), _NR803 , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
R ₄₆₃ , R ₄₆₄ , R ₄₆₇ , R ₄₆₈ , R ₄₇₁ , and R ₄₈₁ to R ₄₉₂ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in the general formula (45).
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R _801s exist, the plurality of R _801s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _802s exist, the plurality of R _802s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _803s exist, the plurality of R _803s are the same or different from each other. )

(Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (4))
Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (4) include the following compounds. In the following specific examples, Ph represents a phenyl group, and D represents a deuterium atom.

(Compound represented by general formula (5))
The compound represented by general formula (5) will be explained. The compound represented by general formula (5) is a compound corresponding to the compound represented by general formula (41-3) described above.

(In the general formula (5),
One or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones of R ₅₀₁ to R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ to R ₅₁₇ ,
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₅₀₁ to R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ to R ₅₁₇ that do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R ₅₂₁ and R ₅₂₂ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

"A set consisting of two or more adjacent ones of R ₅₀₁ to R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ to R ₅₁₇ " includes, for example, a set consisting of R ₅₀₁ and R ₅₀₂ , a set consisting of R ₅₀₂ and R ₅₀₃ , and R ₅₀₃ and R ₅₀₄ , R ₅₀₅ and R ₅₀₆ , R ₅₀₆ and R ₅₀₇ , R ₅₀₁ , R ₅₀₂ , and R ₅₀₃ , and so on.

In one embodiment, at least one, preferably two of R ₅₀₁ to R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ to R ₅₁₇ are groups represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ).

In one embodiment, R ₅₀₁ -R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ -R ₅₁₇ are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (5) is a compound represented by the following general formula (52).

(In the general formula (52),
One or more sets of adjacent two or more of R ₅₃₁ to R ₅₃₄ and R ₅₄₁ to R ₅₄₄ ,
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₅₃₁ to R ₅₃₄ , R ₅₄₁ to R 544 , and _{R 551 and} R ₅₅₂ which do not form a single ring and do not form a fused ring are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
R ₅₆₁ to R ₅₆₄ are each independently,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (5) is a compound represented by the following general formula (53).

(In the general formula (53), R ₅₅₁ , R ₅₅₂ and R 561 to R 564 each independently have the same meaning as R ₅₅₁ , _{R 552 and} R ₅₆₁ to _{R 564 in} the general formula (52).)

In one embodiment, R ₅₆₁ to R ₅₆₄ in the general formula (52) and general formula (53) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group). ).

In one embodiment, R ₅₂₁ and R ₅₂₂ in the general formula (5) and R 551 and R ₅₅₂ in the general formulas (52) and ( ₅₃ ) are hydrogen atoms.

In one embodiment, the substituents in the general formula (5), general formula (52), and general formula (53) in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" are:
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

(Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (5))
Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (5) include the compounds shown below.

(Compound represented by general formula (6))
The compound represented by general formula (6) will be explained.

(In the general formula (6),
Ring a, ring b, and ring c are each independently,
A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ each independently combine with the a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle are each independently,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

Ring a, ring b, and ring c are rings condensed to the central condensed two-ring structure of the general formula (6) consisting of a boron atom and two nitrogen atoms (a substituted or unsubstituted ring having 6 to 50 carbon atoms). aromatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms).

The "aromatic hydrocarbon rings" of ring a, ring b, and ring c have the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the above-mentioned "aryl group."
The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of ring a contains three carbon atoms on the central fused two-ring structure of the general formula (6) as ring-forming atoms.
The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of ring b and ring c includes two carbon atoms on the central condensed two-ring structure of the general formula (6) as ring-forming atoms.

Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the "aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
The "heterocycle" of rings a, b, and c has the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the above-mentioned "heterocyclic group."
The "heterocycle" of ring a contains three carbon atoms on the central fused two-ring structure of the general formula (6) as ring-forming atoms. The "heterocycle" of ring b and ring c includes two carbon atoms on the central fused two-ring structure of the general formula (6) as ring-forming atoms. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the "heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.

R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ may each independently bond to ring a, ring b, or ring c to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle. The heterocycle in this case includes the nitrogen atom on the central fused two-ring structure of the general formula (6). The heterocycle in this case may contain a heteroatom other than a nitrogen atom. Specifically, the bonding of R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ with ring a, ring b, or ring c means that the atoms forming ring a, ring b, or ring c bond with the atoms forming ring R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ . means. For example, R ₆₀₁ may be bonded to ring a to form a 2-ring condensed (or 3 or more condensed) nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which the ring containing R ₆₀₁ and the a ring are condensed. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include compounds corresponding to a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group of two or more condensed rings in the specific example group G2.
The same applies to the case where R ₆₀₁ is bonded to ring b, the case where R ₆₀₂ is bonded to ring a, and the case where R ₆₀₂ is bonded to ring c.

In one embodiment, ring a, ring b, and ring c in the general formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In one embodiment, ring a, ring b, and ring c in the general formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.

In one embodiment, R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ in the general formula (6) are each independently:
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
Preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (6) is a compound represented by the following general formula (62).

(In the general formula (62),
R _601A is combined with one or more selected from the group consisting of R ₆₁₁ and R ₆₂₁ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
R _602A is combined with one or more selected from the group consisting of R ₆₁₃ and R ₆₁₄ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
The R _601A and R _602A that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle are each independently,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, do not form a monocycle, and do not form a condensed ring are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

R _601A and R _602A in the general formula (62) are groups corresponding to R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ in the general formula (6), respectively.
For example, R _601A and R ₆₁₁ may be combined to form a 2-ring fused (or 3- or more-ring fused) nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which a ring containing them is fused with a benzene ring corresponding to ring a. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include compounds corresponding to a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group of two or more condensed rings in the specific example group G2. The same applies to the case where R _601A and R ₆₂₁ are combined, the case where R _602A and R ₆₁₃ are combined, and the case where R _602A and R ₆₁₄ are combined.

One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ are
They may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring.
For example, R ₆₁₁ and R ₆₁₂ may be bonded to form a structure in which a benzene ring, indole ring, pyrrole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, etc. is fused to the six-membered ring to which they are bonded, The formed condensed ring becomes a naphthalene ring, a carbazole ring, an indole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, or a dibenzothiophene ring.

In one embodiment, R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently:
A hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently:
A hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
At least one of R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (62) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63).

(In the general formula (63),
R ₆₃₁ combines with R ₆₄₆ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
R ₆₃₃ combines with R ₆₄₇ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
R ₆₃₄ combines with R ₆₅₁ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
R ₆₄₁ combines with R ₆₄₂ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones of R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, do not form a monocycle, and do not form a fused ring are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

R ₆₃₁ may be combined with R ₆₄₆ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle. For example, R ₆₃₁ and R ₆₄₆ combine to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycle of three or more fused rings, in which the benzene ring to which R ₆₄₆ is bonded, the ring containing N, and the benzene ring corresponding to ring a are condensed. It's okay. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include compounds corresponding to three or more condensed nitrogen-containing heterocyclic groups in specific example group G2. The same applies to the cases where R ₆₃₃ and R ₆₄₇ are bonded, when R ₆₃₄ and R ₆₅₁ are bonded, and when R ₆₄₁ and R ₆₄₂ are bonded.

In one embodiment, R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently:
A hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently:
A hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
At least one of R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63A).

(In the general formula (63A),
_R661 is
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
R ₆₆₂ to R ₆₆₅ are each independently,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. )

In one embodiment, R ₆₆₁ - R ₆₆₅ are each independently:
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₆₁ to R ₆₆₅ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63B).

(In the general formula (63B),
R ₆₇₁ and R ₆₇₂ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
-N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
R ₆₇₃ to R ₆₇₅ are each independently,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
-N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63B').

(In the general formula (63B'), R ₆₇₂ to R ₆₇₅ each independently have the same meaning as R ₆₇₂ to R ₆₇₅ in the general formula (63B).)

In one embodiment, at least one of R ₆₇₁ to R ₆₇₅ is
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
-N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment,
_R672 is
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
-N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
R ₆₇₁ and R ₆₇₃ to R ₆₇₅ are each independently,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
-N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63C).

(In the general formula (63C),
R ₆₈₁ and R ₆₈₂ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
R ₆₈₃ to R ₆₈₆ are each independently,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63C').

(In the general formula (63C'), R ₆₈₃ to R ₆₈₆ each independently have the same meaning as R ₆₈₃ to R ₆₈₆ in the general formula (63C).)

In one embodiment, R ₆₈₁ - R ₆₈₆ are each independently:
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₈₁ to R ₆₈₆ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

The compound represented by the general formula (6) is prepared by first bonding ring a, ring b, and ring c with a linking group (a group containing NR ₆₀₁ and a group containing NR ₆₀₂ ) to form an intermediate. (first reaction), and by bonding ring a, ring b, and ring c with a linking group (group containing a boron atom), the final product can be manufactured (second reaction). In the first reaction, an amination reaction such as Bachbult-Hartwig reaction can be applied. In the second reaction, a tandem hetero Friedel-Crafts reaction or the like can be applied.

(Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (6))
Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (6) are described below, but these are merely examples, and the compound represented by the general formula (6) is not limited to the following specific examples.

(Compound represented by general formula (7))
The compound represented by general formula (7) will be explained.

(In the general formula (7),
The r ring is a ring represented by the general formula (72) or general formula (73) condensed at any position of adjacent rings,
The q ring and the s ring are each independently a ring represented by the general formula (74) fused at any position of an adjacent ring,
The p-ring and the t-ring are each independently a structure represented by the general formula (75) or general formula (76) condensed at any position of an adjacent ring,
X ₇ is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR ₇₀₂ .
When there are multiple R _701s , adjacent R _701s are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₇₀₁ and R ₇₀₂ that do not form a single ring and do not form a fused ring are each independently:
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
Ar ₇₀₁ and Ar ₇₀₂ are each independently,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
L ₇₀₁ is
Substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
m1 is 0, 1 or 2,
m2 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
m3 is each independently 0, 1, 2 or 3,
m4 is each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,
When a plurality of R _701s exist, the plurality of R _701s are the same or different,
When there are multiple X _7s , the multiple X _7s are the same or different,
When a plurality of R _702s exist, the plurality of R _702s are the same or different,
When a plurality of Ar _701s exist, the plurality of Ar _701s are the same or different from each other,
When there are multiple Ar ₇₀₂ , the multiple Ar ₇₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of L ₇₀₁ exist, the plurality of L ₇₀₁ are the same or different from each other. )

In the general formula (7), each of the p-ring, q-ring, r-ring, s-ring, and t-ring shares two carbon atoms and is condensed with the adjacent ring. The position and direction of condensation are not limited, and condensation can be performed at any position and direction.

In one embodiment, in the general formula (72) or general formula (73) as the r ring, m1=0 or m2=0.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any of the following general formulas (71-1) to (71-6).

(In the general formulas (71-1) to (71-6), R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1 and m3 each represent R ₇₀₁ in the general formula (7) , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1 and m3).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any of the following general formulas (71-11) to (71-13).

(In the general formulas (71-11) to (71-13), R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1, m3 and m4 are respectively Synonymous with R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1, m3 and m4).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any of the following general formulas (71-21) to (71-25).

(In the general formulas (71-21) to (71-25), R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1 and m4 each represent R ₇₀₁ in the general formula (7) , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1 and m4).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any of the following general formulas (71-31) to (71-33).

(In the general formulas (71-31) to (71-33), R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m2 to m4 are each R ₇₀₁ in the general formula (7) , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m2 to m4).

In one embodiment, Ar ₇₀₁ and Ar ₇₀₂ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, one of Ar ₇₀₁ and Ar ₇₀₂ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, and the other of Ar ₇₀₁ and Ar ₇₀₂ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 5 ring atoms. ~50 heterocyclic groups.

(Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (7))
Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (7) include the compounds shown below.

(Compound represented by general formula (8))
The compound represented by general formula (8) will be explained.

(In the general formula (8),
At least one set of R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ , and R ₈₀₃ and R ₈₀₄ combine with each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (82),
At least one set of R ₈₀₅ and R ₈₀₆ , R ₈₀₆ and R ₈₀₇ , and R ₈₀₇ and R ₈₀₈ combine with each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (83). )

(At least one of R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₀₄ that does not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) and R ₈₁₁ to R ₈₁₄ is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84), and ,
At least one of R ₈₀₅ to R ₈₀₈ and R ₈₂₁ to R ₈₂₄ that do not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (83) is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84),
X ₈ is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR ₈₀₉ ,
R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₀₈ that do not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) or (83) and are not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84), R ₈₁₁ to R ₈₁₄ and R ₈₂₁ to R ₈₂₄ and R ₈₀₉ which are not monovalent groups represented by general formula (84) are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

(In the general formula (84),
Ar ₈₀₁ and Ar ₈₀₂ are each independently,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
L ₈₀₁ to L ₈₀₃ are each independently,
single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 5 to 30 ring atoms. A divalent linking group formed by bonding 2 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of divalent heterocyclic groups,
* in the general formula (84) indicates the bonding position with the ring structure represented by the general formula (8), or the group represented by the general formula (82) or general formula (83). )

In the general formula (8), the positions where the divalent group represented by the general formula (82) and the divalent group represented by the general formula (83) are formed are not particularly limited, and R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₀₈ The group can be formed in any possible position.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (8) is represented by any of the following general formulas (81-1) to (81-6).

(In the general formulas (81-1) to (81-6),
X ₈ has the same meaning as X ₈ in the general formula (8),
At least two of R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₂₄ are monovalent groups represented by the general formula (84),
R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₂₄ which are not monovalent groups represented by the general formula (84) are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (8) is represented by any of the following general formulas (81-7) to (81-18).

(In the general formulas (81-7) to (81-18),
X ₈ has the same meaning as X ₈ in the general formula (8),
* is a single bond bonded to the monovalent group represented by the general formula (84),
R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₂₄ are each independently R 801 to _{R 824 which} is not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) in the general formulas (81-1) to (81-6); are synonymous. )

R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₀₈ that do not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) and general formula (83) and are not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84), and , R ₈₁₁ to R ₈₁₄ and R ₈₂₁ to R ₈₂₄ which are not monovalent groups represented by the general formula (84) are preferably each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

The monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) is preferably represented by the following general formula (85) or general formula (86).

(In the general formula (85),
R ₈₃₁ to R ₈₄₀ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
* in the general formula (85) has the same meaning as * in the general formula (84). )

(In the general formula (86),
Ar ₈₀₁ , L ₈₀₁ and L ₈₀₃ are synonymous with Ar ₈₀₁ , L ₈₀₁ and L ₈₀₃ in the general formula (84),
HAr ₈₀₁ has a structure represented by the following general formula (87). )

(In the general formula (87),
X ₈₁ is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
Any one of R ₈₄₁ to R ₈₄₈ is a single bond bonded to L ₈₀₃ ,
R ₈₄₁ to R ₈₄₈ which are not single bonds are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

(Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (8))
Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (8) include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/104144, as well as the compounds shown below.

(Compound represented by general formula (9))
The compound represented by general formula (9) will be explained.

(In the general formula (9),
A ₉₁ ring and A ₉₂ ring are each independently,
A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
One or more rings selected from the group consisting of A ₉₁ ring and A ₉₂ ring,
It is bonded to * in the structure represented by the following general formula (92). )

(In the general formula (92),
A ₉₃ ring is
A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
_X9 is _NR93 , C( _R94 )( _R95 ), Si( _R96 )( _R97 ), Ge( _R98 )( _R99 ), oxygen atom, sulfur atom or selenium atom,
R ₉₁ and R ₉₂ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₉₁ and R ₉₂ that do not form a single ring and do not form a fused ring, and R ₉₃ to R ₉₉ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

One or more rings selected from the group consisting of A ₉₁ ring and A ₉₂ ring are bonded to * in the structure represented by general formula (92). That is, in one embodiment, the ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the A ₉₁ ring or the ring-forming atom of the heterocycle is bonded to * in the structure represented by the general formula (92). In one embodiment, the ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the A ₉₂ ring or the ring-forming atom of the heterocycle is bonded to * in the structure represented by the general formula (92).

In one embodiment, a group represented by the following general formula (93) is bonded to either or both of the A ₉₁ ring and the A ₉₂ ring.

(In the general formula (93),
Ar ₉₁ and Ar ₉₂ are each independently,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
L ₉₁ to L ₉₃ are each independently,
single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 5 to 30 ring atoms. A divalent linking group formed by bonding 2 to 4 members selected from the group consisting of divalent heterocyclic groups,
* in the general formula (93) indicates the bonding position with either the A ₉₁ ring or the A ₉₂ ring. )

In one embodiment, in addition to the A ₉₁ ring, the ring-forming carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the A ₉₂ ring or the ring-forming atoms of the heterocycle have the structure represented by the general formula (92). Combine with *. In this case, the structures represented by the general formula (92) may be the same or different.

In one embodiment, R ₉₁ and R ₉₂ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In one embodiment, R ₉₁ and R ₉₂ are combined with each other to form a fluorene structure.

In one embodiment, Ring A ₉₁ and Ring A ₉₂ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring. .

In one embodiment, ring A ₉₃ is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.
In one embodiment, X ₉ is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

(Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (9))
Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (9) include the following compounds.

(Compound represented by general formula (10))
The compound represented by general formula (10) will be explained.

(In the general formula (10),
Ax ₁ ring is a ring represented by the general formula (10a) fused at any position of adjacent rings,
Ax ₂ ring is a ring represented by the general formula (10b) fused at any position of adjacent rings,
The two * in the general formula (10b) are bonded to any position of the Ax ₃ ring,
X _A and X _B are each independently C (R ₁₀₀₃ ) (R ₁₀₀₄ ), Si (R ₁₀₀₅ ) (R ₁₀₀₆ ), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,
Ax ₃ ring is
A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₁₀₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
R ₁₀₀₁ to R ₁₀₀₆ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
mx1 is 3, mx2 is 2,
A plurality of R _1001s are the same or different from each other,
A plurality of R ₁₀₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
ax is 0, 1 or 2,
When ax is 0 or 1, the structures in parentheses indicated by "3-ax" are the same or different,
When ax is 2, the plurality of Ar ₁₀₀₁ are the same or different from each other. )

In one embodiment, Ar ₁₀₀₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the Ax ₃ ring is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, such as a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or It is a substituted or unsubstituted anthracene ring.

In one embodiment, R ₁₀₀₃ and R ₁₀₀₄ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, ax is 1.

(Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (10))
Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (10) include the following compounds.

In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer contains at least one of a third compound and a fourth compound,
A compound represented by the general formula (4),
A compound represented by the general formula (5),
A compound represented by the general formula (7),
A compound represented by the general formula (8),
It contains one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the general formula (9) above and the compound represented by the following general formula (63a).

(In the general formula (63a),
R ₆₃₁ combines with R ₆₄₆ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
R ₆₃₃ combines with R ₆₄₇ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
R ₆₃₄ combines with R ₆₅₁ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
R ₆₄₁ combines with R ₆₄₂ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
One or more adjacent sets of two or more of R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, do not form a monocycle, and do not form a fused ring are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
However, at least one of R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that does not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, does not form the monocycle, and does not form the fused ring,
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound represented by the general formula (41-3), general formula (41-4), or general formula (41-5). , A1 ring in the general formula (41-5) is a substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 10 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring having 8 to 50 ring-forming atoms. It is a heterocycle.

In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic ring having 10 to 50 carbon atoms in the general formula (41-3), general formula (41-4), and general formula (41-5) The hydrocarbon ring is
substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring,
a substituted or unsubstituted anthracene ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring,
The substituted or unsubstituted fused heterocycle having 8 to 50 ring atoms,
substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring,
A substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic carbon having 10 to 50 ring carbon atoms in the general formula (41-3), general formula (41-4) or general formula (41-5) The hydrogen ring is
a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring,
The substituted or unsubstituted fused heterocycle having 8 to 50 ring atoms,
substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring,
A substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is
A compound represented by the following general formula (461),
A compound represented by the following general formula (462),
A compound represented by the following general formula (463),
A compound represented by the following general formula (464),
A compound represented by the following general formula (465),
It is selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following general formula (466) and a compound represented by the following general formula (467).

(In the general formulas (461) to (467),
One or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones of R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ , R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₆ , R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ , and R ₄₅₁ to R ₄₅₄ ,
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle,
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₃₇ , R ₄₃₈ , and R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ , R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₆ , R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ and R ₄₅₁ to R ₄₅₄ which do not form a single ring and do not form a fused ring are each independently ,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
X ₄ is an oxygen atom, NR ₈₀₁ , or C(R ₈₀₂ )(R ₈₀₃ ),
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R _801s exist, the plurality of R _801s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _802s exist, the plurality of R _802s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _803s exist, the plurality of R _803s are the same or different from each other. )

In one embodiment, R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₇ are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
It is selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (41-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (41-3-1).

(In the general formula (41-3-1), R ₄₂₃ , R ₄₂₅ , R ₄₂₆ , R ₄₄₂ , R ₄₄₄ and R ₄₄₅ are each independently R ₄₂₃ , R ₄₂₅ in the general formula (41-3) , R ₄₂₆ , R ₄₄₂ , R ₄₄₄ and R ₄₄₅ ).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (41-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (41-3-2).

(In the general formula (41-3-2), R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ each independently represent R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ in the general formula (41-3). is synonymous with
However, at least one of R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₆ is a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ). )

In one embodiment, any two of R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₆ in the formula (41-3-2) are groups represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ). be.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (41-3-2) is a compound represented by the following formula (41-3-3).

(In the general formula (41-3-3), R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₄ , R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₃ , R ₄₄₇ and R ₄₄₈ each independently represent R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₄ in the general formula (41-3) , R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₃ , R ₄₄₇ and R ₄₄₈ ,
R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D are each independently,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms. )

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (41-3-3) is a compound represented by the following formula (41-3-4).

(In the general formula (41-3-4), R ₄₄₇ , R ₄₄₈ , R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D are each independently R ₄₄₇ , R in the formula (41-3-3) ₄₄₈ , R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D ).

In one embodiment, R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In one embodiment, R ₄₄₇ and R ₄₄₈ are hydrogen atoms.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" in each of the above formulas is
unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
-Si(R _901a )(R _902a )(R _903a ),
-O-(R _904a ),
-S-(R _905a ),
-N(R _906a )(R _907a ),
halogen atom,
cyano group,
nitro group,
An unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
R _901a to R _907a are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
An unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When two or more R _901a are present, two or more R _901a are the same or different,
When two or more R _902a are present, two or more R _902a are the same or different,
When two or more R _903a are present, two or more R _903a are the same or different,
When two or more R _904a are present, two or more R _904a are the same or different,
When two or more R _905a are present, two or more R _905a are the same or different,
When two or more R _906a are present, two or more R _906a are the same or different,
When two or more R _907a 's exist, the two or more R _907a 's are the same or different from each other.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" in each of the above formulas is
unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
An unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" in each of the above formulas is
unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms,
An unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[Second embodiment]
(Electronics)
The electronic device according to this embodiment is equipped with the organic EL element according to any of the embodiments described above. Examples of electronic devices include display devices and light emitting devices. Examples of display devices include display components (eg, organic EL panel modules, etc.), televisions, mobile phones, tablets, personal computers, and the like. Examples of the light emitting device include lighting, vehicle lamps, and the like.

[Variation of embodiment]
It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and any changes, improvements, etc. that can achieve the purpose of the present invention are included in the present invention.

For example, the number of light emitting layers is not limited to two, and more than two light emitting layers may be stacked. When the organic EL element has more than two light-emitting layers, it is sufficient that at least two light-emitting layers satisfy the conditions described in the above embodiments. For example, the other light-emitting layer may be a fluorescent-type light-emitting layer or a phosphorescent-type light-emitting layer that utilizes light emission due to electronic transition directly from a triplet excited state to a ground state.
In addition, when the organic EL element has a plurality of light emitting layers, these light emitting layers may be provided adjacent to each other, or a so-called tandem type organic EL element may be provided in which a plurality of light emitting units are stacked with an intermediate layer interposed therebetween. It may also be an EL element.

Further, for example, a barrier layer may be provided adjacent to the cathode side of the light emitting layer. The barrier layer disposed directly on the cathode side of the light-emitting layer preferably blocks at least one of holes and excitons.
For example, when a barrier layer is placed in contact with the emitting layer on the cathode side, the barrier layer transports electrons and holes reach the layer on the cathode side (e.g., electron transport layer) than the barrier layer. prevent you from doing When the organic EL element includes an electron transport layer, it is preferable to include the barrier layer between the light emitting layer and the electron transport layer.
Furthermore, a barrier layer may be provided adjacent to the light-emitting layer to prevent excitation energy from leaking from the light-emitting layer to its surrounding layers. Excitons generated in the light emitting layer are prevented from moving to layers closer to the electrode than the barrier layer (for example, an electron transport layer, a hole transport layer, etc.).
It is preferable that the light-emitting layer and the barrier layer are bonded to each other.

In addition, the specific structure, shape, etc. in carrying out the present invention may be changed to other structures as long as the object of the present invention can be achieved.

Hereinafter, the present invention will be explained in more detail with reference to Examples. The present invention is not limited to these Examples at all.

<Compound>
The compound represented by formula (21) used for manufacturing the organic EL device of Example 1 is shown below.

The compounds used for manufacturing the organic EL devices of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 are shown below.

<Production of organic EL element>
An organic EL device was produced and evaluated as follows.

[Example 1]
A glass substrate (manufactured by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) with a 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.1 mm thick ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) transparent electrode (anode) was ultrasonically cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes, and then UV ozone cleaned for 30 minutes. I did it. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.
The cleaned glass substrate with transparent electrode lines is mounted on the substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation device, and first, compound HT1 and compound HA1 are co-evaporated so as to cover the transparent electrode on the side where the transparent electrode line is formed. Then, a second organic layer (sometimes referred to as a hole injection layer (HI)) having a thickness of 10 nm was formed. The proportion of compound HT1 in this second organic layer was 90% by mass, and the proportion of compound HA1 was 10% by mass.
Following the formation of the second organic layer, a compound HT1 is deposited to form a first organic layer (sometimes referred to as a hole transport layer (HT) or an electron barrier layer (EBL)) with a thickness of 105 nm. It was filmed.
In this way, a hole transport zone consisting of a first organic layer and a second organic layer containing compound HT1 as a common hole transport zone material was formed.
Compound BH1 (first host material (BH)) and compound BD (first luminescent compound (BD)) are co-deposited on the first organic layer so that the proportion of compound BD is 1% by mass. , a first light-emitting layer having a film thickness of 5 nm was formed.
Compound BH2 (second host material (BH)) and compound BD (second luminescent compound (BD)) were co-deposited on the first light emitting layer so that the proportion of compound BD was 1% by mass. , a second light-emitting layer having a thickness of 15 nm was formed.
Compound ET1 was deposited on the second light emitting layer to form a first electron transport layer (sometimes referred to as a hole blocking layer (HBL)) with a thickness of 5 nm.
Compound ET2 and compound Liq were co-deposited on the first electron transport layer to form a second electron transport layer (ET) with a thickness of 25 nm. The proportion of compound ET2 in this second electron transport layer was 50% by mass, and the proportion of compound Liq was 50% by mass.
Compound Liq was deposited on the second electron transport layer to form an electron injection layer with a thickness of 1 nm.
Metallic Al was deposited on the electron injection layer to form a cathode with a thickness of 80 nm.
The element configuration of Example 1 is schematically shown as follows.
ITO(130)/HT1:HA1(10,90%:10%)/HT1(105)/BH1:BD(5,99%:1%)/BH2:BD(15,99%:1%)/ET1 (5)/ET2:Liq(25, 50%:50%)/Liq(1)/Al(80)
Note that the numbers in parentheses indicate the film thickness (unit: nm).
Similarly, in parentheses, the numbers expressed as percentages (90%: 10%) indicate the proportions (% by mass) of compound HT1 and compound HA1 in the second organic layer, and the numbers expressed as percentages (99%: 1%) ) indicates the ratio (mass%) of the host material (compound BH1 or BH2) and the luminescent compound (compound BD) in the first luminescent layer or the second luminescent layer, and the number expressed as a percentage (50%:50 %) indicates the ratio (mass %) of compound ET2 and compound Liq in the second electron transport layer. The same notation will be used below.

[Comparative example 1]
The organic EL device of Comparative Example 1 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the hole transport zone was formed as follows.
As in Example 1, the cleaned glass substrate with transparent electrode lines was mounted on the substrate holder of the vacuum evaporation apparatus, and the compound HT2 was first covered with the transparent electrode on the side where the transparent electrode lines were formed. and Compound HA1 were co-evaporated to form a third organic layer (sometimes referred to as a hole injection layer (HI)) having a thickness of 10 nm. The proportion of compound HT2 in this third organic layer was 90% by mass, and the proportion of compound HA1 was 10% by mass.
Following the formation of the third organic layer, a compound HT2 was deposited to form a second organic layer (sometimes referred to as a hole transport layer (HT)) having a thickness of 100 nm.
Following the formation of the second organic layer, the compound HT3 is deposited to form a first organic layer (sometimes referred to as a hole transport layer (HT) or an electron barrier layer (EBL)) with a thickness of 5 nm. It was filmed.
In this way, the hole transport zone of Comparative Example 1 consisting of the first organic layer, second organic layer, and third organic layer was formed. In addition, in the hole transport zone of Comparative Example 1, the first organic layer, the second organic layer, and the third organic layer did not contain the hole transport zone material common to these three layers.

[Comparative example 2]
As shown in Table 1, in the organic EL device of Comparative Example 2, the first host material was changed to compound BH2 to form a first light-emitting layer with a thickness of 20 nm, and the second light-emitting layer was not formed. It was produced in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that the first electron transport layer was formed on the first light emitting layer.

[Comparative example 3]
As shown in Table 1, in the organic EL device of Comparative Example 3, the first host material was changed to compound BH2 to form a first light-emitting layer with a thickness of 20 nm, and the second light-emitting layer was not formed. It was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the first electron transport layer was formed on the first light emitting layer.

<Evaluation of organic EL elements>
The produced organic EL device was evaluated as follows. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.

・External quantum efficiency EQE
The spectral radiance spectrum was measured using a spectral radiance meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.) when a voltage was applied to the device so that the current density was 10 mA/cm ² . From the obtained spectral radiance spectrum, the external quantum efficiency EQE (unit: %) was calculated assuming that Lambassian radiation was performed.

・Life span LT95
A voltage was applied to the produced organic EL element so that the current density was 50 mA/cm ² , and the time (LT95 (unit: hours)) until the brightness reached 95% of the initial brightness was measured. The brightness was measured using a spectral radiance meter CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.).

<Compound evaluation method>
(Triplet energy T ₁ )
The compound to be measured is dissolved in EPA (diethyl ether: isopentane: ethanol = 5:5:2 (volume ratio)) to a concentration of 10 μmol/L, and this solution is placed in a quartz cell for measurement. It was used as a sample. For this measurement sample, measure the phosphorescence spectrum (vertical axis: phosphorescence intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) at a low temperature (77 [K]), and draw a tangent to the rise of the short wavelength side of this phosphorescence spectrum. , based on the wavelength value λ _edge [nm] at the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis, the energy amount calculated from the following conversion formula (F1) was defined as triplet energy T ₁ . Note that the triplet energy T ₁ may have an error of about 0.02 eV in the upper and lower directions depending on the measurement conditions.
Conversion formula (F1): T ₁ [eV] = 1239.85/λ _edge

The tangent to the rise of the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving on the spectrum curve from the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side among the maximum values of the spectrum, consider the tangent at each point on the curve toward the long wavelength side. The slope of this tangent line increases as the curve rises (ie, as the vertical axis increases). The tangent drawn at the point where the value of this slope takes the maximum value (that is, the tangent at the inflection point) is the tangent to the rise of the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.
Note that a local maximum point with a peak intensity that is 15% or less of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not included in the local maximum value on the shortest wavelength side mentioned above, but is included in the maximum value of the slope that is closest to the local maximum value on the shortest wavelength side. The tangent line drawn at the point where the value is taken is the tangent line to the rise of the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.
For the measurement of phosphorescence, an F-4500 spectrofluorometer manufactured by Hitachi High-Technology Co., Ltd. was used.

(Singlet energy S ₁ )
A 10 μmol/L toluene solution of the compound to be measured was prepared and placed in a quartz cell, and the absorption spectrum (vertical axis: absorption intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) of this sample was measured at room temperature (300K). Draw a tangent to the falling edge of the long wavelength side of this absorption spectrum, and calculate the singlet energy by substituting the wavelength value λedge [nm] at the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis into the conversion formula (F2) shown below. did.
Conversion formula (F2): S ₁ [eV] = 1239.85/λedge
As an absorption spectrum measuring device, a spectrophotometer manufactured by Hitachi (device name: U3310) was used.

The tangent to the falling edge of the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving on a spectrum curve in the long wavelength direction from the maximum value on the longest wavelength side among the maximum values of the absorption spectrum, consider tangents at each point on the curve. The slope of this tangent line repeats decreasing and then increasing as the curve falls (that is, as the value on the vertical axis decreases). The tangent line drawn at the point where the slope value takes the minimum value on the longest wavelength side (excluding cases where the absorbance is 0.1 or less) is the tangent to the fall of the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum.
Note that a maximum point with an absorbance value of 0.2 or less is not included in the maximum value on the longest wavelength side.

(Energy level HOMO of highest occupied orbital)
The energy level HOMO of the highest occupied orbital was measured in the atmosphere using a photoelectron spectrometer (manufactured by Riken Keiki Co., Ltd., "AC-3"). Specifically, the energy level HOMO of the highest occupied orbital of the compound was measured by irradiating the material with light and measuring the amount of electrons generated due to charge separation.

(Electron mobility μe)
The electron mobility μe was measured by the following method using impedance spectroscopy.
A layer to be measured with a thickness of 200 nm was sandwiched between an anode and a cathode, and a minute AC voltage of 100 mV or less was applied while applying a bias DC voltage. The value (absolute value and phase) of the alternating current flowing at this time was measured. This measurement was performed while changing the frequency of the AC voltage, and the complex impedance (Z) was calculated from the current value and voltage value. At this time, the frequency dependence of the imaginary part (ImM) of the modulus M = iωZ (i: imaginary unit, ω: angular frequency) is determined, and the reciprocal of the frequency ω at which ImM becomes the maximum value is calculated as the defined as the response time. Then, the electron mobility μe (unit: cm ² /(V·s)) was calculated using the following formula.
Electron mobility μe = (thickness of layer to be measured) ² / (response time/voltage)

(Hole mobility μh)
The hole mobility μh is measured using a mobility evaluation element prepared by the following procedure.
A 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.1 mm thick glass substrate with an ITO transparent electrode (anode) (manufactured by Geomatik) was ultrasonically cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes, and then UV ozone cleaned for 30 minutes. The ITO film thickness was 130 nm.
The glass substrate after cleaning was mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation device, and compound HA-2 was first vapor-deposited on the surface on which the transparent electrode line was formed so as to cover the transparent electrode, and a film thickness of 5 nm was formed. A hole injection layer was formed.
Compound HT-A was deposited on the formed hole injection layer to form a hole transport layer with a thickness of 10 nm.
Subsequently, a compound Target, whose hole mobility μh is to be measured, was deposited to form a layer to be measured with a thickness of 200 nm.
Then, metal aluminum (Al) was deposited on this measurement target layer to form a metal cathode with a film thickness of 80 nm.
The above element configuration for mobility evaluation is schematically shown as follows.
ITO(130)/HA-2(5)/HT-A(10)/Target(200)/Al(80)
Note that the numbers in parentheses indicate the film thickness (nm).

Subsequently, the hole mobility is measured by the following procedure using the mobility evaluation element created by the above procedure.
The above-mentioned mobility evaluation element was installed in an impedance measurement device, and impedance measurement was performed.
The impedance measurement was performed by sweeping the measurement frequency from 1 Hz to 1 MHz. At that time, a DC voltage V was applied to the element at the same time as an AC amplitude of 0.1V.
From the measured impedance Z, the modulus M was calculated using the relationship of calculation formula (C1) below.
Calculation formula (C1): M=jωZ
In the above calculation formula (C1), j is an imaginary unit whose square is -1, and ω is the angular frequency [rad/s].
In a Bode plot with the imaginary part of the modulus M as the vertical axis and the frequency [Hz] as the horizontal axis, the electrical time constant τ of the mobility evaluation element was calculated from the peak frequency fmax using the following formula (C2). .
Calculation formula (C2): τ=1/(2πfmax)
π in the above calculation formula (C2) is a symbol representing pi.
Using the above τ, the hole mobility μh was calculated from the relationship of the following calculation formula (C3).
Calculation formula (C3): μh=d ² /(Vτ)
d in the above calculation formula (C3) is the total film thickness of the organic thin films constituting the element, and as in the above element configuration for evaluating mobility, d=215 [nm].
The mobility in this specification is the value when the square root of the electric field strength E ^1/2 = 500 [V ^1/2 /cm ^1/2 ]. The square root E ^1/2 of the electric field strength can be calculated from the relationship of calculation formula (C4) below.
Calculation formula (C4): E ^1/2 = V ^1/2 /d ^1/2
In this example, a Solartron Model 1260 impedance measurement device was used for impedance measurement, and a Solartron Model 1296 dielectric constant measurement interface was also used for higher accuracy.

(Measurement of fluorescence maximum peak wavelength (FL-peak))
Compound BD was dissolved in toluene at a concentration of 4.9×10 ⁻⁶ mol/L to prepare a toluene solution of compound BD. Using a fluorescence spectrum measuring device (spectrofluorometer F-7000 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd.)), the maximum peak wavelength of fluorescence emission when a toluene solution of compound BD was excited at 390 nm was measured.
The maximum fluorescence emission peak wavelength of compound BD was 455 nm.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1... Organic electroluminescent element, 10... Organic layer, 1A... Organic electroluminescent element, 2... Substrate, 3... Anode, 4... Cathode, 51... First light emitting layer, 52... Second light emitting layer, 6... Positive Hole transport zone, 61... First organic layer, 62... Second organic layer, 8... Electron transport layer, 9... Electron injection layer.

Claims (41)

An organic electroluminescent device,
an anode;
a cathode;
a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode;
a hole transport zone disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer;
The hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer,
The hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers,
the organic layers in the hole transport zone all include a common hole transport zone material;
The light emitting layer includes a first light emitting layer and a second light emitting layer,
The first light-emitting layer includes a first host material,
The second light emitting layer includes a second host material,
the first host material and the second host material are different from each other,
The first light-emitting layer includes at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
The second light-emitting layer includes at least a second light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
the first luminescent compound and the second luminescent compound are the same or different,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1),
The absolute value of the difference between the energy level HOMO (HT) of the highest occupied orbital of the hole transport zone material and the energy level HOMO (H1) of the highest occupied orbital of the first host material is expressed by the following formula: Satisfying the relationship (Math. 2),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1)
|HOMO(HT)-HOMO(H1)|<0.4eV...(Math. 2) The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1,
The absolute value of the difference between the HOMO (HT) and the HOMO (H1) satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 2A),
Organic electroluminescent device.
0.2eV≦|HOMO(HT)−HOMO(H1)|<0.4eV…(Math. 2A) The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1,
The absolute value of the difference between the HOMO (HT) and the HOMO (H1) satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 2B),
Organic electroluminescent device.
0.2eV≦|HOMO(HT)−HOMO(H1)|<0.3eV…(Math. 2B) The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1,
The absolute value of the difference between the HOMO (HT) and the HOMO (H1) satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 2C),
Organic electroluminescent device.
0.2eV≦|HOMO(HT)-HOMO(H1)|<0.28eV...(Math. 2C) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
The energy level HOMO (HT) of the highest occupied orbital of the hole transport zone material is -5.7 eV or less,
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
The hole transport zone material is a monoamine compound having only one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in the molecule.
Organic electroluminescent device. An organic electroluminescent device,
an anode;
a cathode;
a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode;
a hole transport zone disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer;
The hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer,
The hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers,
the organic layers in the hole transport zone all include a common hole transport zone material;
The energy level HOMO (HT) of the highest occupied orbital of the hole transport zone material is -5.7 eV or less,
The light emitting layer includes a first light emitting layer and a second light emitting layer,
The first light-emitting layer includes a first host material,
The second light emitting layer includes a second host material,
the first host material and the second host material are different from each other,
The first light-emitting layer includes at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
The second light-emitting layer includes at least a second light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
the first luminescent compound and the second luminescent compound are the same or different,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1) An organic electroluminescent device,
an anode;
a cathode;
a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode;
a hole transport zone disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer;
The hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer,
The hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers,
the organic layers in the hole transport zone all include a common hole transport zone material;
The hole transport zone material is a monoamine compound having only one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in the molecule,
The light emitting layer includes a first light emitting layer and a second light emitting layer,
The first light-emitting layer includes a first host material,
The second light emitting layer includes a second host material,
the first host material and the second host material are different from each other,
The first light-emitting layer includes at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
The second light-emitting layer includes at least a second light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
the first luminescent compound and the second luminescent compound are the same or different,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1) An organic electroluminescent device,
an anode;
a cathode;
a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode;
a hole transport zone disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer;
The hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer,
The hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers,
the organic layers in the hole transport zone all include a common hole transport zone material;
The hole transport zone material is a compound represented by the following general formula (21) or the following general formula (22),
The light emitting layer includes a first light emitting layer and a second light emitting layer,
The first light-emitting layer includes a first host material,
The second light emitting layer includes a second host material,
the first host material and the second host material are different from each other,
The first light-emitting layer includes at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
The second light-emitting layer includes at least a second light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
the first luminescent compound and the second luminescent compound are the same or different,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1)

(In the general formula (21),
L _A1 , L _B1 , and L _C1 are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 13 ring atoms,
When L _A1 and L _B1 are single bonds, A ₁ and B ₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
When L _A1 and L _C1 are single bonds, A ₁ and C ₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
When L _B1 and L _C1 are single bonds, B ₁ and C ₁ are
bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other,
A ₁ , B ₁ , and C ₁ that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a group represented by -Si(R ₉₂₁ )(R ₉₂₂ )(R ₉₂₃ ),
R ₉₂₁ , R ₉₂₂ and R ₉₂₃ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
When multiple R _921s exist, the multiple R _921s are the same or different,
When a plurality of R _922s exist, the plurality of R _922s are the same or different,
When a plurality of R _923s exist, the plurality of R _923s are the same or different from each other. )

(In the general formula (22),
A ₂₁ and A ₂₂ are each independently,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms;
One of Y ₅ to Y ₈ is a carbon atom bonded to *1,
One of Y ₉ to Y ₁₂ is a carbon atom bonded to *2,
Y ₁ to Y ₄ , Y ₁₃ to Y ₁₆ , Y ₅ to Y ₈ which are not carbon atoms bonded to *1, and Y ₉ to Y ₁₂ which are not carbon atoms bonded to *2 each independently represent CR ₂₀ and
When a plurality of R _20s exist, one or more of a group consisting of two or more adjacent R _20s are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other, forming a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring or not bonding to each other,
The _R20s that do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently:
hydrogen atom,
cyano group,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
halogen atom,
nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
L ₂₁ and L ₂₂ are each independently,
single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms. )
(In the hole transport zone material, R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ and R ₉₀₄ are each independently,
hydrogen atom,
Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;
When a plurality of R _901s exist, the plurality of R _901s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _902s exist, the plurality of R _902s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _903s exist, the plurality of R _903s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _904s exist, the plurality of R _904s are the same or different from each other. ) An organic electroluminescent device,
an anode;
a cathode;
a light emitting layer disposed between the anode and the cathode;
a hole transport zone disposed between the anode and the light emitting layer;
The hole transport zone is in direct contact with the anode and the light emitting layer,
The hole transport zone includes one or more organic layers,
the organic layers in the hole transport zone all include a common hole transport zone material;
The light emitting layer includes a first light emitting layer and a second light emitting layer,
The first light-emitting layer includes a first host material,
The second light emitting layer includes a second host material,
the first host material and the second host material are different from each other,
The first light-emitting layer includes at least a first light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
The second light-emitting layer includes at least a second light-emitting compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less,
the first luminescent compound and the second luminescent compound are the same or different,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 1),
The electron mobility μe(H1) of the first host material and the electron mobility μe(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 3),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 1)
μe(H2)>μe(H1)…(Math. 3) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 9,
The electron mobility μe(H1) of the first host material and the electron mobility μe(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 3),
Organic electroluminescent device.
μe(H2)>μe(H1)…(Math. 3) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 11,
The hole mobility μh (H1) of the first host material and the hole mobility μh (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 31),
Organic electroluminescent device.
μh(H1)>μh(H2)...(Math. 31) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 12,
Hole mobility μh (H1) of the first host material, electron mobility μe (H1) of the first host material, hole mobility μh (H2) of the second host material, The electron mobility μe(H2) of the second host material satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 32),
Organic electroluminescent device.
(μe(H2)/μh(H2))>(μe(H1)/μh(H1))...(Math. 32) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 8 to 10,
The energy level HOMO (HT) of the highest occupied orbital of the hole transport zone material is -5.7 eV or less,
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 14,
The hole transport zone material does not contain a substituted or unsubstituted 3-carbazolyl group in the molecule.
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 15,
The hole transport zone includes a first organic layer in direct contact with the anode,
the first organic layer is an electron barrier layer;
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 15,
The hole transport zone includes a second organic layer in direct contact with the anode.
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 17,
The second organic layer contains the hole transport band material and a compound having a different molecular structure from the hole transport band material.
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 18,
None of the organic layers in the hole transport zone contains a diamine compound having two substituted or unsubstituted amino groups in the molecule.
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 19,
The singlet energy S ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the singlet energy S ₁ (D1) of the first luminescent compound satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 20),
Organic electroluminescent device.
S ₁ (H1)>S ₁ (D1)...(Math. 20) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 20,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (D1) of the first luminescent compound satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 20A),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (D1)>T ₁ (H1)...(Math. 20A) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 21,
The triplet energy T ₁ (D2) of the second luminescent compound and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 3A),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (D2)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 3A) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 22,
The singlet energy S ₁ (H2) of the second host material and the singlet energy S ₁ (D2) of the second luminescent compound satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 4),
Organic electroluminescent device.
S ₁ (H2)>S ₁ (D2)...(Math. 4) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 23,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following formula (Equation 5),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (H1) - T ₁ (H2)>0.03eV...(Math. 5) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 24,
The first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are in direct contact with each other,
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 25,
the first light-emitting layer is disposed between the hole transport zone and the cathode,
the second light-emitting layer is disposed between the first light-emitting layer and the cathode,
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 26,
The triplet energy T ₁ (DX) of the first luminescent compound or the second luminescent compound, the triplet energy T 1 (H1) of the first host material, and the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the second host material. The term energy T ₁ (H2) satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 10),
Organic electroluminescent device.
2.6eV>T ₁ (DX)>T ₁ (H1)>T ₁ (H2)...(Math. 10) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 27,
The triplet energy T ₁ (DX) of the first luminescent compound or the second luminescent compound and the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material are expressed by the following formula (Equation 11) satisfies the relationship of
Organic electroluminescent device.
0eV<T ₁ (DX)-T ₁ (H1)<0.6eV (Math. 11) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 28,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 12),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (H1)>2.0eV...(Math. 12) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 29,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 12A),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (H1)>2.10eV...(Math. 12A) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 28,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first host material satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 12C),
Organic electroluminescent device.
2.08eV>T ₁ (H1)>1.87eV...(Math. 12C) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 31,
Triplet energy T ₁ (F1) of the first luminescent compound satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 14A),
Organic electroluminescent device.
2.60eV>T ₁ (F1)...(Math. 14A) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 32,
Triplet energy T ₁ (F2) of the second luminescent compound satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 14C),
Organic electroluminescent device.
2.60eV>T ₁ (F2)...(Math. 14C) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 33,
The triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second host material satisfies the relationship of the following formula (Equation 13),
Organic electroluminescent device.
T ₁ (H2)≧1.9eV (Math. 13) The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 34,
The first host material has a connected structure including a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring connected by a single bond in the molecule,
The benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the connected structure are each independently further fused with a single ring or a fused ring, or are not fused,
The benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the connected structure are further connected by crosslinking at at least one portion other than the single bond,
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 35,
the crosslink includes a double bond,
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 34,
The first host material has a biphenyl structure in which a first benzene ring and a second benzene ring are connected by a single bond in the molecule,
The first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by crosslinking at at least one moiety other than the single bond,
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 37,
The first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by the bridge at one part other than the single bond,
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 37 or 38,
the crosslink includes a double bond,
Organic electroluminescent device. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 38,
The first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by the bridge at two parts other than the single bond,
the crosslink does not include a double bond;
Organic electroluminescent device. An electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 40.

Images